1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
137 \author 424524441 "rgheck"
138 \author 2090807402 "usti"
152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
154 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 \begin_inset Note Note
180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
181 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
195 \begin_layout Standard
196 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
197 LatexCommand tableofcontents
204 \begin_layout Chapter
208 \begin_layout Section
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 LyX is a document preparation system.
214 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
215 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
216 It is unlike most other
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
224 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
226 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 pt type, left justified, 5
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
251 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
255 \begin_layout Standard
256 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
273 \begin_layout Standard
275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
287 the format of all of the manuals.
288 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
289 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
306 \begin_layout Section
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
313 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
314 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
320 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
321 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
323 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
324 only a vertical scrollbar.
325 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
326 The first case is large images.
327 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
334 LaTeX and LyX options
337 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
339 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
340 this doesn't work for equations yet.
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
352 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
359 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
365 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
366 Just select the manual you want to read from the
373 \begin_layout Section
375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
377 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
384 \begin_layout Standard
385 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
387 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
401 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
402 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
404 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
405 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
410 \begin_inset space \space{}
413 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
414 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
420 \begin_inset Index idx
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
424 Reconfiguration of LyX
429 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
432 \begin_layout Section
434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
436 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
445 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
447 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
448 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
452 \begin_layout Standard
453 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
455 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
456 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
459 \begin_layout Standard
460 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
461 you can view from the menu
463 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
483 reconfigure LyX (menu
485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
489 \begin_inset Note Note
492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
493 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
501 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
502 More about TeX Code is described in section
507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
509 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
513 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
520 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 Reconfiguration of LyX
539 See section 5.1 of the
543 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
546 \begin_layout Chapter
550 \begin_layout Section
551 Basic File Operations
552 \begin_inset Index idx
555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
564 \begin_layout Standard
569 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
570 in addition to some more advanced operations:
573 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 arg "dialog-show print"
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
841 them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We will start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_layout Itemize
913 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_layout Itemize
947 \begin_layout Itemize
963 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
969 \begin_layout Standard
970 The first three are self-explanatory.
972 \begin_inset Index idx
975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
981 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
990 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
993 \begin_layout Standard
996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 \begin_inset space ~
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1018 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1028 will start a new paragraph.
1031 \begin_layout Standard
1032 \begin_inset Index idx
1035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_inset space ~
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1077 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1082 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1099 button to skip the current word.
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1108 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1119 If the toggle is set, searching for
1120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1131 will not match the word
1132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 Match whole words only
1148 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 LyX offers also an advanced
1180 \begin_inset space ~
1184 \begin_inset space ~
1189 feature that is described in sec.
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1196 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1203 \begin_layout Standard
1204 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1205 \begin_inset space \space{}
1209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1217 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1219 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1224 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1235 arg "inset-select-all"
1241 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1244 selects the whole document.
1247 \begin_layout Section
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1271 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1280 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1286 or the toolbar button
1292 to undo some mistake.
1293 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1298 or the toolbar button
1305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1312 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1316 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1330 This is a consequence of the 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 step undo limit, above.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1346 work on almost everything in LyX.
1347 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1351 \begin_layout Section
1353 \begin_inset Index idx
1356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1365 \begin_layout Standard
1366 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1369 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1379 once anywhere in the edit window.
1380 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1404 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 \begin_layout Enumerate
1415 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1421 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1425 \begin_layout Section
1427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1429 name "sec:Navigating"
1434 \begin_inset Index idx
1437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1446 \begin_layout Standard
1447 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1450 \begin_layout Itemize
1455 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1456 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1462 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1465 or by the toolbar button
1468 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 and use the same menu to return to them.
1481 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1488 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1493 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1501 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1502 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1503 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1504 your last editing position.
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1512 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1515 \begin_layout Subsection
1519 \begin_layout Standard
1520 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1521 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1522 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1530 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1534 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1541 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1546 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1550 \begin_layout Standard
1551 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1552 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1553 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1554 dialog and to modify the citation.
1555 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1558 \begin_layout Standard
1559 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1561 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1562 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1570 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1573 \begin_layout Standard
1574 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1575 you further to control the display.
1580 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1581 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1587 option keeps it in the current view state.
1588 Keeping means that when you have e.
1589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1593 \begin_inset space \space{}
1596 the subsections of section
1597 \begin_inset space ~
1600 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1601 \begin_inset space ~
1604 3, the subsections of section
1605 \begin_inset space ~
1608 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1613 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1614 \begin_inset space ~
1618 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1628 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1633 \begin_inset space \space{}
1637 \begin_inset Graphics
1638 filename ../images/reload.png
1643 \begin_inset space ~
1646 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1647 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1650 \begin_inset space \space{}
1654 \begin_inset Graphics
1655 filename ../images/down.png
1657 groupId toolbarbuttons
1662 \begin_inset space ~
1666 \begin_inset space \space{}
1670 \begin_inset Graphics
1671 filename ../images/up.png
1673 groupId toolbarbuttons
1678 \begin_inset space ~
1681 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1682 So, for example, you can move section
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1690 2.4 or after section
1691 \begin_inset space ~
1695 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1697 \begin_inset Graphics
1698 filename ../images/promote.png
1700 groupId toolbarbuttons
1705 \begin_inset Graphics
1706 filename ../images/demote.png
1708 groupId toolbarbuttons
1712 (or the corresponding key bindings
1720 ) you can change the level of sections.
1721 So you can for example make section
1722 \begin_inset space ~
1726 \begin_inset space ~
1730 \begin_inset space ~
1736 \begin_layout Section
1737 Input / Word Completion
1738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1740 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1745 \begin_inset Index idx
1748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_inset Index idx
1758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Standard
1790 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1792 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1793 is used to propose completions.
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1797 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1799 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1804 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1811 \begin_inset space ~
1815 \begin_inset space ~
1820 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1824 \begin_inset space ~
1829 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1830 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1834 \begin_inset space ~
1840 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1841 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1844 \begin_layout Standard
1845 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1846 are completions available.
1851 key to accept a proposed completion.
1852 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1853 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1854 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1862 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1863 ing options for text.
1864 The special math option
1868 enables that characters can be composed.
1869 If you for example want to insert the character
1870 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1873 , you can then input the characters
1874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1885 to a formula to get it.
1886 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1887 of the math toolbar.
1888 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1892 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1893 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1902 \begin_layout Section
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_inset Index idx
1917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 \begin_inset Index idx
1949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1980 \begin_layout Standard
1981 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1994 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1996 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2002 \begin_layout Standard
2006 \begin_inset space ~
2014 \begin_inset space ~
2035 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2039 \begin_layout Labeling
2040 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2044 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2045 LatexCommand nomenclature
2047 description "Tabulator key"
2053 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2054 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2055 \begin_inset space ~
2059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2061 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2068 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2072 , especially section
2073 \begin_inset space ~
2077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2079 reference "sub:Lists"
2085 If you're still confused, look in the
2090 \begin_inset Newline newline
2093 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2096 \begin_layout Labeling
2097 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2101 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2102 LatexCommand nomenclature
2104 description "Escape key"
2111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2118 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2119 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2122 \begin_layout Labeling
2123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2129 \begin_inset space ~
2133 \begin_inset space ~
2140 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2141 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2145 \begin_layout Standard
2146 There are three modifier keys:
2149 \begin_layout Labeling
2150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2168 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2169 LatexCommand nomenclature
2171 description "Control key"
2175 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2176 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2180 \begin_layout Itemize
2189 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2192 \begin_layout Itemize
2201 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2204 \begin_layout Itemize
2213 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2217 \begin_layout Labeling
2218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2236 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2237 LatexCommand nomenclature
2239 description "Shift key"
2243 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2244 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2247 \begin_layout Labeling
2248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2266 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2267 LatexCommand nomenclature
2269 description "Alt or Meta key"
2273 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2274 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2275 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2281 \begin_inset Newline newline
2284 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2286 menu accelerator keys
2289 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2290 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2295 For example, the sequence
2296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2302 \begin_inset space ~
2306 \begin_inset space ~
2312 \begin_inset space ~
2320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2339 \begin_inset space ~
2345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2355 \begin_layout Standard
2360 manual lists all other things bound to the
2368 \begin_layout Standard
2369 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2370 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2371 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2372 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2373 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2374 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2375 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2377 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2393 followed by a capital
2400 \begin_layout Standard
2401 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2403 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2408 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2411 as explained in sec.
2412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2418 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2425 \begin_layout Chapter
2427 \begin_inset Index idx
2430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2439 \begin_layout Section
2441 \begin_inset Index idx
2444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_layout Subsection
2457 \begin_layout Standard
2458 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2459 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2460 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2461 numbering schemes, and so on.
2462 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2463 and format the title of your document differently.
2466 \begin_layout Standard
2471 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2472 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2473 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2474 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2475 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2479 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2480 how to adjust their properties.
2483 \begin_layout Subsection
2485 \begin_inset Index idx
2488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2497 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2504 \begin_layout Standard
2505 You can select a class using the
2507 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2508 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2512 \begin_inset Index idx
2515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2526 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2530 \begin_layout Standard
2531 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2535 \begin_layout Description
2536 Article for basic articles
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Report for basic reports
2543 \begin_layout Description
2544 Book for writing a book
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 Letter for US-style letters
2551 \begin_layout Standard
2552 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2553 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2554 will include many of these.
2555 Here are some of the classes.
2556 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2558 Special Document Classes
2567 \begin_layout Description
2568 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2581 \begin_layout Description
2582 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2583 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2584 There are three article layouts available.
2585 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2586 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2587 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2588 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2593 sequential numbering
2594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2597 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2598 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2599 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2600 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2603 \begin_layout Description
2604 Beamer Layout for presentations
2607 \begin_layout Description
2608 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2609 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2617 \begin_layout Description
2619 \begin_inset space ~
2622 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2625 \begin_layout Description
2626 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2629 \begin_layout Description
2630 Foils Used to make transparencies
2633 \begin_layout Description
2634 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2635 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2641 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2644 \begin_layout Description
2645 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2648 \begin_layout Description
2649 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2652 \begin_layout Description
2653 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2654 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2655 (Is used by this document.)
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2662 \begin_layout Description
2663 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2666 \begin_layout Description
2671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2678 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2679 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2681 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2684 \begin_layout Description
2685 Slides Used to make transparencies
2688 \begin_layout Description
2690 \begin_inset space ~
2693 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2694 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2697 \begin_layout Description
2698 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2702 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2704 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2710 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2711 of the document classes.
2714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2718 \begin_layout Standard
2719 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2722 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2724 \begin_inset Index idx
2727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2744 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2745 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2747 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2750 \begin_layout Standard
2752 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2753 and some of them, like
2757 , are highly specialized.
2758 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2759 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2761 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2762 by some document class.
2763 There are just too many of them.
2764 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2767 \begin_layout Standard
2768 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2776 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2777 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2778 document class for a new file.
2779 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2784 Installing new LaTeX files
2785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2792 manual for information on how to install them.
2793 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2799 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2801 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2803 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2804 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2805 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2807 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2810 \begin_inset space ~
2817 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2829 \begin_inset Index idx
2832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2841 \begin_layout Standard
2842 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2843 chosen document class.
2844 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2845 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2856 \begin_inset Index idx
2859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2866 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2870 \begin_layout Standard
2871 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2872 always installed by default.
2873 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2874 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2875 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2876 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2877 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2878 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2879 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2882 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2886 \begin_inset Index idx
2889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 Reconfiguration of LyX
2896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2899 Installing new LaTeX files
2900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2907 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2910 \begin_layout Standard
2911 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2919 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2920 LyX will advise you about these things.
2928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2937 \begin_inset Index idx
2940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2941 Document ! Local Layout
2949 \begin_layout Standard
2950 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2951 used in a variety of different documents.
2952 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2953 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2954 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2955 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2956 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2957 What you want is LyX's
2958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2974 manual for information on how to use it.
2977 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 Each class has a default set of options.
2983 Here's a quick table describing them:
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2995 \begin_inset Tabular
2996 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2997 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3456 \begin_layout Standard
3457 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3464 You're probably also wondering what
3465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3469 \begin_inset space ~
3473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3477 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3478 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3483 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3488 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3498 headings, there are also
3506 headings, and so on.
3507 We will describe these headings fully in section
3508 \begin_inset space ~
3512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3514 reference "sub:Headings"
3521 \begin_layout Subsection
3523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3525 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3530 \begin_inset Index idx
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 \begin_inset Index idx
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3564 \begin_inset space ~
3572 \begin_inset space ~
3577 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3579 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3580 to use for your document.
3581 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3592 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3598 \begin_inset space ~
3603 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3604 You can choose between the following five options:
3607 \begin_layout Labeling
3608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 Use default page style of current class.
3616 \begin_layout Labeling
3617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3622 No page numbers or headings.
3625 \begin_layout Labeling
3626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3634 \begin_layout Labeling
3635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3640 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3641 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3642 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3645 \begin_layout Labeling
3646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3651 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3652 have the LaTeX-package
3657 \begin_inset Index idx
3660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3661 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3667 How they are defined is explained in section
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3674 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3681 \begin_layout Standard
3682 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3683 \begin_inset space ~
3687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3689 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3696 \begin_layout Subsection
3697 Paper Size and Orientation
3698 \begin_inset Index idx
3701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3702 Document ! Paper size
3708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3710 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3717 \begin_layout Standard
3718 You can find the following options in the menu
3721 \begin_inset space ~
3728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3734 \begin_inset Index idx
3737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3746 \begin_layout Labeling
3747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3751 \begin_inset space ~
3756 What size paper to print on.
3761 \begin_layout Itemize
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3788 US letter, US legal, US executive
3791 \begin_layout Itemize
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3804 \begin_layout Labeling
3805 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3810 To choose whether to output as
3821 \begin_layout Labeling
3822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3826 \begin_inset space ~
3831 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3832 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3835 \begin_layout Subsection
3837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3844 \begin_inset Index idx
3847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3854 \begin_inset Index idx
3857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3867 Paper margins are set in the menu
3869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3885 \begin_layout Standard
3886 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3887 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3888 the paper format and the font size into account.
3891 \begin_layout Subsection
3895 \begin_layout Standard
3896 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3901 That includes the paragraph environments.
3902 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3903 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3904 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3905 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3914 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3916 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3917 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3918 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3921 \begin_layout Section
3922 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3923 \begin_inset Index idx
3926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3927 Paragraph ! Indentation
3935 \begin_layout Subsection
3937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3939 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3946 \begin_layout Standard
3947 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3948 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3951 \begin_layout Standard
3952 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3953 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3954 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3955 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3959 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3965 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3966 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3967 language than English.
3968 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3973 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3975 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3976 LyX takes care of that.
3977 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3979 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3980 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3981 of a page, and so on.
3985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3986 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3991 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3992 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3996 of these pre-coded spacings.
3997 We will explain more later.
4000 \begin_layout Subsection
4001 Paragraph Separation
4002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4004 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4009 \begin_inset Index idx
4012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4013 Paragraph ! Separation
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 To separate paragraphs, select
4033 \begin_inset space ~
4040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4044 \begin_inset Index idx
4047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4053 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4056 \begin_layout Subsection
4060 \begin_layout Standard
4061 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4064 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4066 \begin_inset space ~
4071 dialog and toggle the
4074 \begin_inset space ~
4079 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4082 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4086 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4087 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4093 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4096 \begin_layout Subsection
4098 \begin_inset Index idx
4101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4102 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4110 \begin_layout Standard
4113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4117 \begin_inset Index idx
4120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4129 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4132 \begin_inset space ~
4141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4142 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4147 \begin_inset Index idx
4150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4151 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4156 installed to use this feature.
4164 \begin_layout Section
4165 Paragraph Environments
4166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4168 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4173 \begin_inset Index idx
4176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4177 Paragraph ! Environments
4183 \begin_inset Index idx
4186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4187 Paragraph environments|(
4195 \begin_layout Subsection
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4200 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4203 \begin_layout Standard
4222 \begin_inset Newline newline
4225 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4226 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4227 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4236 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4239 \begin_layout Standard
4240 A paragraph environment is simply a
4241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4248 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4249 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4250 scheme, labels, and so on.
4251 Additionally, you can
4252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4259 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4260 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4261 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4262 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4263 days of typewriters.
4264 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4266 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4271 \begin_inset Graphics
4272 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4278 at the left end of the toolbar.
4279 LyX will change the environment of the
4283 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4284 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4285 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4298 create a new paragraph using the
4302 paragraph environment.
4304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4311 because if you are in one of these environments:
4314 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4361 , rather than resetting it to
4366 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4367 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4368 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4369 \begin_inset space ~
4373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4375 reference "sec:Nesting"
4380 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4385 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4386 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4390 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4396 \begin_layout Subsection
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The default paragraph environment is
4406 It creates a plain paragraph.
4407 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4408 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4409 this manual) are in the
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 You can nest a paragraph using the
4421 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4429 \begin_layout Subsection
4431 \begin_inset Index idx
4434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4443 \begin_layout Standard
4444 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4453 for thanks or contact information.
4454 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4455 page along with today's date.
4456 For other types of documents, the title
4457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4464 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4468 \begin_layout Standard
4469 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4483 Here's how you use them:
4486 \begin_layout Itemize
4487 Put the title of your document in the
4494 \begin_layout Itemize
4495 Put the author name in the
4502 \begin_layout Itemize
4503 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4504 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4510 Note that using this environment is optional.
4511 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4512 If you don't want any date, add the line
4513 \begin_inset Newline newline
4523 \begin_inset Newline newline
4526 to the preamble of your document (menu
4528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4534 \begin_layout Standard
4535 You can use footnotes to insert
4536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4543 or contact information.
4546 \begin_layout Subsection
4548 \begin_inset Index idx
4551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4569 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4574 \begin_inset Index idx
4577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4578 Section headings ! Numbered
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4591 \begin_layout Enumerate
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Enumerate
4627 \begin_layout Enumerate
4633 \begin_layout Standard
4634 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4635 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4636 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4639 \begin_layout Standard
4640 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4641 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4642 You group the book into chapters.
4643 LyX does similar grouping:
4646 \begin_layout Itemize
4651 is divided into either
4662 \begin_layout Itemize
4674 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 \begin_layout Itemize
4698 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4731 Not all document types use the
4735 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4740 is the top-level heading.
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4753 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4754 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4756 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4770 \begin_inset Index idx
4773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4774 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4782 \begin_layout Standard
4783 The unnumbered section headings have a
4784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4791 at the end of their name.
4792 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4793 the table of contents, see section
4794 \begin_inset space ~
4798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4808 Changing the Numbering
4809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4811 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4818 \begin_layout Standard
4819 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4820 in the Table of Contents.
4821 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4823 Certain classes start with
4837 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4847 This is something you can change.
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4857 \begin_inset Index idx
4860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4869 \begin_inset space ~
4873 \begin_inset space ~
4878 you will see two counters.
4883 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4885 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4889 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4890 Short Titles of Headings
4891 \begin_inset Index idx
4894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4895 Section headings ! Short titles
4901 \begin_inset Argument
4904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4913 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4922 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4923 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4924 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4927 \begin_layout Standard
4928 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4929 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4930 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4931 To specify a short title, use the menu
4933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4935 \begin_inset space ~
4941 This will insert a box labeled
4942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4957 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4958 This also works for captions inside floats.
4961 \begin_layout Standard
4962 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4965 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4969 \begin_layout Standard
4970 The following information applies to all section headings:
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4977 \begin_layout Itemize
4978 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4981 \begin_layout Itemize
4982 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4985 \begin_layout Itemize
4986 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4989 \begin_layout Subsection
4990 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5008 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5009 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5010 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5011 the text they contain.
5012 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5020 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5023 \begin_layout Standard
5024 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5033 when you start a new paragraph.
5034 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5038 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5039 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5040 have to change back to the
5044 environment yourself.
5053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5060 \begin_inset Index idx
5063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5074 time for the differences.
5083 are identical except for one difference:
5087 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5096 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 Here's an example of the
5113 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5115 See – no indentation!
5119 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5120 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5121 the other paragraph.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 Here's another example, this time in the
5132 \begin_layout Quotation
5138 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5139 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5140 the first line, then
5144 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5148 you were quoting other text.
5151 \begin_layout Quotation
5152 Here's a new paragraph.
5153 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5154 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5157 \begin_layout Standard
5158 As the examples show,
5162 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5163 They should put quotes in the
5168 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5172 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5175 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5181 \begin_inset Index idx
5184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5193 \begin_inset Index idx
5196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5212 \begin_layout Standard
5217 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5223 \begin_inset Newline newline
5226 Which I did not rehearse!
5230 It could be much worse.
5231 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5233 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5234 indented a bit more than the first.
5235 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5241 \begin_inset Newline newline
5244 And make things look fine
5245 \begin_inset Newline newline
5251 arg "newline-insert newline"
5257 \begin_layout Standard
5262 does not indent both margins.
5263 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5264 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5271 arg "newline-insert newline"
5277 \begin_layout Subsection
5279 \begin_inset Index idx
5282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5298 \begin_layout Standard
5299 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5309 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5318 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5319 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5320 describing some general features of all four of them.
5323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5327 \begin_layout Standard
5328 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5330 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5339 reset the environment to
5343 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5344 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5345 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5349 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5352 to break paragraphs.
5355 \begin_layout Standard
5356 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5357 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5359 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5360 you read all of section
5361 \begin_inset space ~
5365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5367 reference "sec:Nesting"
5375 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5381 \begin_inset Index idx
5384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5401 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5405 paragraph environment.
5406 It has the following properties:
5409 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5414 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5418 \begin_layout Itemize
5419 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5423 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 The items can have any length.
5425 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5426 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 environment inside another
5442 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5450 \begin_layout Itemize
5451 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5454 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 \begin_inset space ~
5460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5462 reference "sec:Nesting"
5466 for a full explanation of nesting.
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5471 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5480 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5485 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5488 \begin_layout Itemize
5489 The label for the first level
5493 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5497 \begin_layout Itemize
5498 The label for the second level is a dash.
5502 \begin_layout Itemize
5503 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5507 \begin_layout Itemize
5508 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5512 \begin_layout Itemize
5513 Back out to the third level.
5517 \begin_layout Itemize
5518 Back to the second level.
5522 \begin_layout Itemize
5523 Back to the outermost level.
5526 \begin_layout Standard
5527 These are the default labels for an
5532 You can customize these labels in the
5534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5537 dialog in the submenu
5544 \begin_inset Index idx
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5557 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5558 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5560 \begin_inset space ~
5564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5566 reference "sec:Nesting"
5573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5579 \begin_inset Index idx
5582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5591 name "sec:Enumerate"
5598 \begin_layout Standard
5603 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5604 It has these properties:
5607 \begin_layout Enumerate
5608 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5617 \begin_layout Enumerate
5618 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 environment resets the counter to one.
5629 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 \begin_layout Enumerate
5643 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5644 Items can have any length.
5647 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5651 \begin_layout Enumerate
5652 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5655 \begin_layout Enumerate
5656 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5660 \begin_layout Standard
5669 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5670 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5677 \begin_layout Enumerate
5678 The first level of an
5682 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5686 \begin_layout Enumerate
5687 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5691 \begin_layout Enumerate
5692 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5696 \begin_layout Enumerate
5697 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5700 \begin_layout Enumerate
5701 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 Back to the third level
5711 \begin_layout Enumerate
5712 Back to the second level.
5716 \begin_layout Enumerate
5717 Back to the outermost level.
5720 \begin_layout Standard
5721 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5726 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5731 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5735 \begin_layout Standard
5736 There is more to nesting
5740 environments than we've stated here.
5741 You should read section
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5748 reference "sec:Nesting"
5752 to learn more about nesting.
5755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5761 \begin_inset Index idx
5764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5773 \begin_layout Standard
5774 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5778 list has no fixed label.
5779 Instead, LyX uses the first
5780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5787 of the first line as the label.
5791 \begin_layout Description
5792 Example: This is an example of the
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5804 \begin_layout Standard
5806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5813 it is meant that the first hit of the
5817 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5819 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5827 arg "space-insert protected"
5832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5833 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5835 \begin_inset space ~
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5847 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5851 for more info.) Here is an example:
5854 \begin_layout Description
5856 \begin_inset space ~
5859 Example: This one shows how to use a
5862 \begin_inset space ~
5874 \begin_layout Description
5875 Usage: You should use the
5879 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5880 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5882 It's not a good idea to use a
5886 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5887 You're better off using
5899 paragraphs into them.
5902 \begin_layout Description
5903 Nesting: You can nest
5907 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5912 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5913 them from the first line.
5916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5922 \begin_inset Index idx
5925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5939 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5943 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5951 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5956 environment is named
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5977 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5978 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5981 \begin_layout Labeling
5982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5984 \begin_inset space ~
5987 labels LyX uses the first
5988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5995 of each line as the item label.
6000 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6001 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6002 blank as described above.
6005 \begin_layout Labeling
6006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6007 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6008 the body of the item text.
6009 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6010 label width plus a little extra space.
6014 \begin_layout Labeling
6015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6017 \begin_inset space ~
6020 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6022 If the label width is larger, the label
6023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6030 into the first line.
6031 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6032 margin of the rest of the item text.
6035 \begin_layout Labeling
6036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6041 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6046 environment has the same left margin.
6047 \begin_inset Newline newline
6050 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6055 \begin_inset space ~
6064 \begin_inset space ~
6069 determines the default label width.
6070 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6079 multiple times instead.
6080 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6089 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6092 \begin_inset space ~
6097 every time you alter a label in a
6102 \begin_inset Newline newline
6105 The predefined default width is the length of
6106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6114 \begin_inset space ~
6119 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6131 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6132 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6145 environment the same way as the
6149 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6155 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6159 \begin_layout Standard
6164 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6166 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6168 \begin_inset space ~
6172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6174 reference "sec:Nesting"
6178 to learn about nesting.
6181 \begin_layout Standard
6182 There is yet another feature of the
6186 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6188 You can use additional
6192 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6197 are documented in section
6198 \begin_inset space ~
6202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6204 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6209 Here are some examples:
6212 \begin_layout Labeling
6213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6214 Left The default for
6221 \begin_layout Labeling
6222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6223 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6230 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6233 \begin_layout Labeling
6234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6235 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6239 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6246 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6249 \begin_layout Subsection
6251 \begin_inset Index idx
6254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6264 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6267 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6269 in the document settings.
6270 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6275 \begin_inset Index idx
6278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6279 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6288 Custom Enumerate Lists
6289 \begin_inset Index idx
6292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6293 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6301 \begin_layout Standard
6303 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6309 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6310 There you add the command
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 in TeX Code (shortcut
6332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6333 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6334 \begin_inset space ~
6338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6340 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6353 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6360 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6361 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6374 For Arabic numerals use
6382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6389 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6404 \begin_layout Standard
6406 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6414 You can only number 26
6415 \begin_inset space ~
6418 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6426 \begin_layout Standard
6427 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6428 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 As example a list with custom numbering:
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6436 \begin_inset Argument
6439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6465 \begin_layout Enumerate
6466 \begin_inset Argument
6469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6492 \begin_layout Enumerate
6497 \begin_layout Enumerate
6498 \begin_inset Argument
6501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_layout Enumerate
6526 \begin_inset Argument
6529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 For this list these commands were used:
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6570 \begin_inset Newline newline
6578 \begin_inset Newline newline
6586 \begin_inset Newline newline
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6603 makes the label emphasized and
6612 \begin_layout Standard
6613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6621 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6622 lists until you change the definition.
6630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6632 \begin_inset Index idx
6635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6636 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6644 \begin_layout Standard
6645 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6648 \begin_layout Enumerate
6649 \begin_inset Argument
6652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6671 \begin_inset Note Note
6674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6675 goes back to default numbering
6683 \begin_layout Enumerate
6687 \begin_layout Standard
6691 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6701 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6702 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6705 \begin_layout Standard
6706 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6714 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6725 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6726 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6727 of a normal enumeration.
6728 There, insert the command
6731 \begin_layout Standard
6737 \begin_layout Standard
6742 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6746 \begin_layout Enumerate
6750 \begin_layout Enumerate
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6755 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6758 \begin_layout Enumerate
6759 \begin_inset Argument
6762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 This enumeration starts at 4
6781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6783 \begin_inset Index idx
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6795 \begin_layout Standard
6796 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6798 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6801 \begin_layout Itemize
6805 \begin_layout Itemize
6806 with standard spacing
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6812 Add there the command
6816 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6819 \begin_layout Itemize
6820 \begin_inset Argument
6823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6842 \begin_layout Itemize
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 \begin_layout Standard
6851 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6857 \begin_inset Index idx
6860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6861 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6867 For more info see its documentation,
6868 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6877 \begin_layout Standard
6878 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6880 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6881 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6885 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6888 \begin_layout Enumerate
6889 \begin_inset Argument
6892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6900 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6913 \begin_layout Enumerate
6914 with negative indentation
6917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6918 Further Customization
6919 \begin_inset Index idx
6922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6923 Lists ! Customization
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 You can also change the style of description lists.
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943 changes the description label font, the command
6946 \begin_layout Standard
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6953 sets the list style.
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 An example where the command
6960 \begin_layout Standard
6965 itshape, style=nextline
6968 \begin_layout Standard
6972 \begin_layout Description
6974 \begin_inset space ~
6978 \begin_inset Argument
6981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6987 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6989 itshape, style=nextline
6999 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7000 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7004 \begin_layout Description
7006 \begin_inset space ~
7009 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7010 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7011 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7014 \begin_layout Standard
7015 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7021 \begin_inset Index idx
7024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7025 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7031 For more info see its documentation,
7032 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7041 \begin_layout Subsection
7043 \begin_inset Index idx
7046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7063 \begin_inset space ~
7071 \begin_layout Standard
7072 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7086 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7087 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7088 In contrast, you can use the
7095 \begin_inset space ~
7100 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7101 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7105 \begin_layout Standard
7106 Of course, you're not limited to using
7113 \begin_inset space ~
7122 \begin_inset space ~
7127 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7128 some European academic papers.
7131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7135 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7147 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7148 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7152 \begin_inset space ~
7157 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7158 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7159 Here's an example of each:
7162 \begin_layout Right Address
7164 \begin_inset Newline newline
7168 \begin_inset Newline newline
7172 \begin_inset Newline newline
7175 When is it? What is today?
7178 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset space ~
7188 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7189 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7190 Here's an example of the
7197 \begin_layout Address
7199 \begin_inset Newline newline
7202 Where do I send this
7203 \begin_inset Newline newline
7206 Your post office and country
7209 \begin_layout Standard
7210 As you can see, both
7217 \begin_inset space ~
7222 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7227 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7233 This makes sense, since
7241 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7242 Thus, you have to use
7249 arg "newline-insert newline"
7255 \begin_inset space ~
7258 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7260 \begin_inset space ~
7269 menu) to start a new line in an
7276 \begin_inset space ~
7284 \begin_layout Subsection
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7289 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7290 or list of references.
7291 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7294 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7298 \begin_inset Index idx
7301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7315 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7316 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7317 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7318 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7322 in anything else or vice versa.
7328 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7329 The book document classes ignores the
7333 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7337 in a letter document class.
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7345 environment does several things for you.
7346 First, it puts the centered label
7347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7355 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7357 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7358 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7359 the subsequent text.
7360 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7361 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7364 \begin_layout Standard
7365 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7369 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7370 The new paragraph will still be in the
7375 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7376 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7379 \begin_layout Standard
7380 \begin_inset Float figure
7385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7387 \begin_inset Graphics
7388 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7396 \begin_inset Caption
7398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7401 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7422 \begin_layout Standard
7423 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7427 environment, but since this document is in the
7428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7435 class, we can't do this.
7436 We inserted it therefore as figure
7437 \begin_inset space ~
7441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7443 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7448 If you've never heard of an
7449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7456 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7465 \begin_inset Index idx
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7477 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7484 \begin_layout Standard
7489 environment is used to list references.
7490 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7491 only use it at the end of the document.
7496 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7499 \begin_layout Standard
7500 When you first open a
7504 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7520 depending on the document class.
7521 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7522 Each paragraph of the
7526 environment is a bibliography entry.
7531 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7532 Each new paragraph is still in the
7539 \begin_layout Standard
7540 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7541 by using a BibTeX database.
7542 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7543 phy handling, have a look at section
7544 \begin_inset space ~
7548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7550 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7557 \begin_layout Subsection
7561 \begin_inset Index idx
7564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7565 Paragraph ! LyX code
7571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7580 \begin_layout Standard
7585 environment is another LyX extension.
7586 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7591 key as a fixed whitespace;
7595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7607 \begin_inset space ~
7612 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7617 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7618 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7621 arg "newline-insert newline"
7638 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7639 So, when you finish using the
7643 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7644 Also, you can nest the
7648 environment inside of others.
7651 \begin_layout Standard
7652 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7655 \begin_layout Itemize
7659 arg "newline-insert newline"
7662 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7667 \begin_inset space \space{}
7677 arg "newline-insert newline"
7683 \begin_layout Itemize
7687 arg "newline-insert newline"
7698 \begin_layout Itemize
7703 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 arg "space-insert protected"
7721 \begin_layout Itemize
7722 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7723 You must put at least one
7727 in any line you want blank.
7728 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7731 \begin_layout Itemize
7732 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7736 since that will insert
7741 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7744 arg "self-insert \""
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7762 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7766 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7770 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7771 printf("Hello World!
7776 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7780 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 This is just the standard
7786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7797 \begin_layout Standard
7802 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7803 rc-files, and so on.
7804 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7805 as if you used a typewriter.
7806 \begin_inset Index idx
7809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7810 Paragraph environments|)
7815 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7818 Program Code Listings
7823 \begin_inset space ~
7831 \begin_layout Section
7832 Nesting Environments
7833 \begin_inset Index idx
7836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7837 Nesting ! Environments
7843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7852 \begin_layout Subsection
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7857 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7859 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7861 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7863 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7875 \begin_layout Enumerate
7879 \begin_layout Enumerate
7884 \begin_layout Enumerate
7888 \begin_layout Enumerate
7893 \begin_layout Enumerate
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7898 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7899 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7902 \begin_inset space ~
7906 \begin_inset space ~
7914 \begin_inset space ~
7918 \begin_inset space ~
7927 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7928 will tell you how far you are nested).
7929 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7932 arg "depth-increment"
7938 arg "depth-decrement"
7941 or the convenient key bindings
7952 arg "depth-increment"
7958 arg "depth-decrement"
7961 to change the nesting level.
7962 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7963 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7967 \begin_layout Standard
7968 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7969 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7970 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7971 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7974 \begin_layout Standard
7975 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7976 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7978 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7981 \begin_layout Subsection
7982 What You Can and Can't Nest
7985 \begin_layout Standard
7986 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7987 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7990 \begin_layout Standard
7991 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7992 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7993 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 Completely unnestable
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8001 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8005 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8011 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8012 environments have them:
8015 \begin_layout Description
8016 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8017 Can't nest into them.
8021 \begin_layout Itemize
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8052 \begin_layout Description
8054 \begin_inset space ~
8057 Nestable You can nest them.
8058 You can nest other things into them.
8062 \begin_layout Itemize
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8111 \begin_layout Description
8112 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8113 You can't nest anything into them.
8117 \begin_layout Itemize
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Itemize
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8199 \begin_inset space ~
8205 \begin_layout Itemize
8212 \begin_layout Standard
8213 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8221 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8230 \begin_inset space ~
8234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8238 \begin_inset space \space{}
8241 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8242 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8243 section headings violate this.
8251 \begin_layout Subsection
8252 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8253 \begin_inset Index idx
8256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8257 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8265 \begin_layout Standard
8266 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8267 affected by nesting anyhow.
8271 \begin_layout Itemize
8275 \begin_layout Itemize
8279 \begin_layout Itemize
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8285 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8293 Figures and tables in
8297 are not affected by this.
8302 Have a look at section
8303 \begin_inset space ~
8307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8309 reference "sec:Floats"
8313 for more information about
8320 \begin_layout Standard
8321 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8322 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8326 \begin_layout Standard
8327 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8335 of its own, it behaves just like a
8336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8343 paragraph environment.
8344 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8349 Here's an example with a table:
8352 \begin_layout Enumerate
8357 \begin_layout Enumerate
8358 This is (a) and it's nested.
8362 \begin_layout Standard
8363 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8369 \begin_layout Standard
8371 \begin_inset Tabular
8372 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8373 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8374 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8375 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8459 \begin_layout Standard
8460 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8467 \begin_layout Enumerate
8469 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8477 \begin_layout Standard
8478 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8481 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 \begin_layout Enumerate
8487 This is (a) and it's nested.
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8498 \begin_layout Standard
8500 \begin_inset Tabular
8501 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8502 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8595 \begin_layout Enumerate
8602 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8605 \begin_layout Enumerate
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8610 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8614 \begin_layout Standard
8615 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8617 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8620 \begin_layout Enumerate
8625 \begin_layout Enumerate
8626 This is (a) and it's nested.
8629 \begin_layout Standard
8630 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8638 \begin_inset Tabular
8639 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8640 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8727 \begin_layout Standard
8728 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8734 \begin_layout Enumerate
8736 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8743 \begin_layout Enumerate
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8748 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8754 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8755 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8759 \begin_layout Subsection
8760 Usage and General Features
8763 \begin_layout Standard
8764 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8773 is the innermost possible depth.
8774 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8777 \begin_layout Enumerate
8778 level #1 – outermost
8782 \begin_layout Enumerate
8787 \begin_layout Enumerate
8792 \begin_layout Enumerate
8797 \begin_layout Itemize
8802 \begin_layout Itemize
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8812 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8813 both of them in the example.
8814 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8824 For example, if we tried to nest another
8829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8836 , we would get errors.
8839 \begin_layout Subsection
8841 \begin_inset Index idx
8844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8854 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8855 We have several examples of nested environments.
8856 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8861 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8864 \begin_layout Labeling
8865 \labelwidthstring MMM
8866 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8875 \begin_layout Labeling
8876 \labelwidthstring MMM
8877 #2-a This is level #2.
8878 We created it by using
8881 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8887 arg "depth-increment"
8894 \begin_layout Labeling
8895 \labelwidthstring MMM
8896 #3-a This is level #3.
8897 This time, we just hit
8904 arg "depth-increment"
8908 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8912 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8918 arg "depth-increment"
8925 \begin_layout Standard
8930 environment, nested inside of
8931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8939 So, it's at level #4.
8940 We did this by hitting
8943 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8949 arg "depth-increment"
8952 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8957 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8973 \begin_layout Standard
8978 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8981 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8987 \begin_layout Labeling
8988 \labelwidthstring MMM
8989 #4-a This is level #4.
8993 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8996 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9001 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9005 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9010 keep nesting things inside
9011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9022 \begin_layout Labeling
9023 \labelwidthstring MMM
9024 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9029 \begin_layout Labeling
9030 \labelwidthstring MMM
9031 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9032 and this is level #6.
9033 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9037 \begin_layout Labeling
9038 \labelwidthstring MMM
9039 #5-b Back to level #5.
9043 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9049 arg "depth-decrement"
9056 \begin_layout Labeling
9057 \labelwidthstring MMM
9061 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9067 arg "depth-decrement"
9070 , we're back at level #4.
9074 \begin_layout Labeling
9075 \labelwidthstring MMM
9076 #3-b Back to level #3.
9077 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9081 \begin_layout Labeling
9082 \labelwidthstring MMM
9083 #2-b Back to level #2.
9088 \begin_layout Labeling
9089 \labelwidthstring MMM
9090 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9091 After this sentence, we will hit
9095 and change the paragraph environment back to
9102 \begin_layout Standard
9103 We could have also used the
9119 environment in place of the
9124 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9128 Example 2: Inheritance
9131 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9132 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9135 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9144 arg "depth-increment"
9147 , after which, we will change to the
9155 \begin_layout Enumerate
9160 environment, at level #2.
9163 \begin_layout Enumerate
9164 Notice how the nested
9168 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9172 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9176 \begin_layout Standard
9177 We ended this example by hitting
9182 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9186 and reset the nesting depth by using
9189 arg "depth-decrement"
9195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9196 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9205 \begin_inset Argument
9208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9209 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9217 \begin_layout Enumerate
9218 This is level #1, in an
9222 paragraph environment.
9223 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9227 \begin_layout Enumerate
9232 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9238 arg "depth-increment"
9242 Now, what happens if we nest an
9246 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9247 label be? An asterisk?
9251 \begin_layout Itemize
9261 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9262 So, its label is a bullet.
9263 (We got here by using
9266 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9272 arg "depth-increment"
9275 , then changing the environment to
9283 \begin_layout Itemize
9284 Here's level #4, produced using
9287 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9293 arg "depth-increment"
9297 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9302 \begin_layout Enumerate
9303 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9305 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9310 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9314 , because we are in the
9323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9342 \begin_layout Enumerate
9347 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9348 type of numbering does LyX use?
9351 \begin_layout Enumerate
9352 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9355 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9358 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9361 \begin_layout Enumerate
9365 arg "depth-decrement"
9368 to decrease the depth after the next
9371 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9378 \begin_layout Enumerate
9380 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9384 \begin_layout Enumerate
9386 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9387 numeral as the label.Why?
9390 \begin_layout Enumerate
9391 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9400 Notice, however, that LyX
9404 reset the counter for the label.
9408 \begin_layout Enumerate
9412 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9418 arg "depth-decrement"
9421 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9422 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9423 into the twofold-nested
9431 \begin_layout Enumerate
9432 The same thing happens if we do another
9435 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9441 arg "depth-decrement"
9444 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9447 \begin_layout Standard
9448 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9453 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9467 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9473 The same rule applies for the
9477 environment, as well.
9480 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9481 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9484 \begin_layout Enumerate
9485 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9486 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9487 the same detail with how we did it.
9496 \begin_layout Standard
9504 arg "depth-increment"
9511 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9512 the example in parentheses someplace.
9513 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9514 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9515 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9519 \begin_layout Enumerate
9524 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9529 Now we will add verse.
9530 \begin_inset Newline newline
9533 It will get much worse.
9534 \begin_inset Newline newline
9544 arg "depth-increment"
9555 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9556 \begin_inset Newline newline
9559 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9560 \begin_inset Newline newline
9566 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9579 \begin_layout Standard
9580 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9588 \begin_inset Tabular
9589 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9590 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9681 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9691 arg "depth-increment"
9697 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9707 arg "depth-decrement"
9714 \begin_layout Enumerate
9719 : level #1) This is another item.
9720 Note that selecting a
9724 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9725 3 times to put the table inside the
9733 \begin_layout Quotation
9734 We're now ending the
9738 list and changing to
9743 We're still at level #1.
9744 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9745 The next set of paragraphs is a
9746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9753 We will nest both the
9760 \begin_inset space ~
9765 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9769 for the letter body.
9773 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9776 to preserve the depth.
9777 Remember that you need to use
9780 arg "newline-insert newline"
9783 to create multiple lines inside the
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9800 \begin_layout Right Address
9802 \begin_inset Newline newline
9805 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9806 \begin_inset Newline newline
9812 \begin_layout Address
9814 \begin_inset space ~
9820 \begin_layout Quotation
9821 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9825 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9826 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9827 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9828 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9829 as soon as possible.
9830 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9833 \begin_layout Quotation
9834 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9835 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9836 with your order, along with payment.
9839 \begin_layout Quotation
9840 We thank you again for your patience.
9843 \begin_layout Address
9845 \begin_inset Newline newline
9852 \begin_layout Quotation
9853 That ends that example!
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9857 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9858 just a few keystrokes.
9859 We could have easily nested an
9880 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9883 \begin_layout Section
9884 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9885 \begin_inset Index idx
9888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9897 \begin_layout Standard
9898 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9899 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9900 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9901 be broken at the end of a line.
9902 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9906 \begin_layout Subsection
9908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9910 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9915 \begin_inset Index idx
9918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9927 \begin_layout Standard
9928 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9930 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9934 Further documentation is given in section
9935 \begin_inset Newline newline
9939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9941 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9950 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9965 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9974 A protected space is set with
9976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9977 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9981 \begin_inset space ~
9991 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9997 \begin_layout Subsection
9999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10001 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10006 \begin_inset Index idx
10009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10010 Spacing ! Horizontal
10018 \begin_layout Standard
10019 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10022 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10026 The length units are listed in Appendix
10027 \begin_inset space ~
10031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10033 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10044 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10049 \begin_inset Index idx
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10053 Spaces ! Inter-word
10061 \begin_layout Standard
10063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10067 \begin_inset space \space{}
10070 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10071 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10072 \begin_inset space ~
10076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10078 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10083 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10084 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10087 arg "space-insert normal"
10093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10097 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10102 \begin_inset Index idx
10105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10123 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10132 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10133 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10134 inside abbreviations:
10137 \begin_layout Quote
10139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10143 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10146 \begin_layout Standard
10147 or between values and units.
10148 Compare for example this:
10149 \begin_inset Newline newline
10153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10157 \begin_inset Newline newline
10160 10 kg (normal space
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10164 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10167 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10169 \begin_inset space ~
10177 arg "space-insert thin"
10183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10187 \begin_layout Standard
10188 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10191 \begin_layout Description
10193 \begin_inset space ~
10197 \begin_inset space ~
10200 space A line with a
10201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10205 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10212 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10215 \begin_layout Description
10217 \begin_inset space ~
10221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10225 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10229 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10233 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10237 \begin_inset space ~
10241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10244 em) space between the arrows.
10247 \begin_layout Description
10249 \begin_inset space ~
10253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10257 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10261 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10265 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10269 \begin_inset space ~
10273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10276 em) space between the arrows.
10279 \begin_layout Description
10281 \begin_inset space ~
10285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10289 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10293 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10297 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10301 \begin_inset space ~
10305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10308 em) space between the arrows.
10311 \begin_layout Description
10313 \begin_inset space ~
10317 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10321 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10326 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10333 cm space between the arrows.
10336 \begin_layout Standard
10338 \begin_inset space ~
10342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10344 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10348 lists the different space sizes.
10351 \begin_layout Standard
10352 \begin_inset Float table
10357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10359 \begin_inset Caption
10361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10364 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10368 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10378 \begin_inset Tabular
10379 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10380 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10605 \begin_inset Index idx
10608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10617 \begin_layout Standard
10618 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10619 in a uniform fashion.
10620 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10621 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10622 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10623 equally between themselves.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10630 \begin_layout Quote
10632 This is on the left side
10633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10636 This is on the right
10639 \begin_layout Quote
10642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10652 \begin_layout Quote
10655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 That was an example in the
10676 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10684 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10687 is one in a standard paragraph.
10688 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10692 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10695 \begin_layout Standard
10696 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10699 \begin_inset space ~
10704 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10707 \begin_layout Standard
10709 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10713 \begin_inset space ~
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10721 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10725 \begin_inset space ~
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10733 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10737 \begin_inset space ~
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10745 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10749 \begin_inset space ~
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10757 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10761 \begin_inset space ~
10767 \begin_layout Standard
10769 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10773 \begin_inset space ~
10779 \begin_layout Standard
10780 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10788 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10792 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10793 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10794 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10798 option in the space dialog.
10806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10810 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10815 \begin_inset Index idx
10818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10827 \begin_layout Standard
10828 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10834 \begin_inset space \space{}
10837 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10841 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10844 What is correct English?:
10845 \begin_inset Newline newline
10849 \begin_inset Newline newline
10853 \begin_inset space ~
10856 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10857 \begin_inset Newline newline
10861 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10872 \begin_inset Newline newline
10876 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10887 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10893 \begin_layout Standard
10894 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10899 \begin_inset space ~
10903 \begin_inset space ~
10907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10911 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10914 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10918 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10924 \begin_inset space ~
10928 \begin_inset space ~
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10944 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10945 That is why it is named
10946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10954 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10955 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10959 \begin_layout Subsection
10961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10963 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10968 \begin_inset Index idx
10971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10981 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10984 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10986 \begin_inset space ~
10992 There you find the following sizes:
10995 \begin_layout Standard
11008 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11013 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11019 \begin_inset Index idx
11022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11023 Document ! Settings
11028 for the paragraph separation.
11029 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11040 \begin_layout Standard
11046 \begin_inset Index idx
11049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11055 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11056 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11058 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11059 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11068 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11077 s are described in section
11078 \begin_inset space ~
11082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11084 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11093 If there are several
11097 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11098 You can therefore use
11102 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11105 \begin_layout Standard
11110 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11111 \begin_inset space ~
11115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11117 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11135 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11136 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11148 \begin_layout Subsection
11149 Paragraph Alignment
11152 \begin_layout Standard
11153 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11159 There are five possibilities:
11162 \begin_layout Itemize
11170 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11176 \begin_layout Itemize
11184 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11190 \begin_layout Itemize
11198 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11204 \begin_layout Itemize
11212 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11218 \begin_layout Itemize
11226 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11233 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11234 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11235 the left and right margins.
11236 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11241 This paragraph is right aligned,
11244 \begin_layout Standard
11246 this one is centered,
11249 \begin_layout Standard
11251 this one is left aligned.
11254 \begin_layout Subsection
11256 \begin_inset Index idx
11259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11260 Page breaks ! Forced
11266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11268 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11276 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11277 can force a page break where you want one.
11278 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11279 Only if you use a lot of
11283 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11286 \begin_layout Standard
11287 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11288 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11292 have to change the page breaking.
11295 \begin_layout Standard
11296 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11298 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11301 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11303 \begin_inset space ~
11309 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11311 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11312 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11314 \begin_inset space ~
11319 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11321 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11322 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11326 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11327 at the top of a page.
11328 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11329 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11330 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11331 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11335 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11339 to learn more about
11346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11350 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11355 \begin_inset Index idx
11358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11359 Page breaks ! Clear
11367 \begin_layout Standard
11368 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11369 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11370 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11371 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11372 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11376 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11379 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11381 \begin_inset space ~
11387 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11390 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11392 \begin_inset space ~
11396 \begin_inset space ~
11401 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11402 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11405 \begin_layout Subsection
11407 \begin_inset Index idx
11410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11419 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11426 \begin_layout Standard
11427 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11429 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11432 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11434 \begin_inset space ~
11438 \begin_inset space ~
11446 arg "newline-insert newline"
11450 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11453 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11455 \begin_inset space ~
11459 \begin_inset space ~
11464 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11466 This is useful to avoid
11467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11474 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11477 \begin_layout Standard
11478 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11479 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11480 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11481 set a line break, e.
11482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11486 \begin_inset space \space{}
11489 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11490 \begin_inset space ~
11494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11496 reference "sec:Quote"
11501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11503 reference "sec:Verse"
11508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11510 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11517 \begin_layout Subsection
11519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11521 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11526 \begin_inset Index idx
11529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11540 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11551 \begin_layout Standard
11555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11556 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11558 \begin_inset space ~
11563 you can insert horizontal lines.
11564 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11565 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11566 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11569 \begin_layout Standard
11571 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11582 \begin_layout Section
11583 Characters and Symbols
11586 \begin_layout Standard
11587 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11588 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11593 \begin_inset space \space{}
11596 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11604 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11608 for information on how this is done.
11611 \begin_layout Standard
11612 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11617 dialog via the menu
11619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11620 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11626 \begin_layout Standard
11627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11635 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11636 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11637 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11645 \begin_layout Section
11646 Fonts and Text Styles
11647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11649 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11656 \begin_layout Subsection
11658 \begin_inset Index idx
11661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11671 There are two types of fonts:
11674 \begin_layout Description
11676 \begin_inset space ~
11680 \begin_inset Index idx
11683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11689 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11694 characters) in the font.
11695 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11696 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11697 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11698 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11699 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11700 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11701 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11702 \begin_inset Newline newline
11705 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11706 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11707 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11708 sizes than at small ones.
11709 \begin_inset Newline newline
11723 \begin_inset space ~
11731 \begin_layout Description
11733 \begin_inset space ~
11737 \begin_inset Index idx
11740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11746 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11747 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11748 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11749 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11750 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11751 picture manipulation program.
11752 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11753 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11754 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11755 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11756 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11758 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11759 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11760 \begin_inset Newline newline
11763 Bitmap fonts are named
11766 \begin_inset space ~
11771 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11774 \begin_layout Standard
11775 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11776 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11777 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11778 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11779 use scalable fonts.
11782 \begin_layout Standard
11783 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11784 its document properties.
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11788 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11789 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11790 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11791 font to emphasize text, you use an
11792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11800 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11801 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11805 \begin_layout Subsection
11807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11809 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11816 \begin_layout Standard
11817 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11818 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11819 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11821 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11822 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11823 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11824 to usual word processors.
11825 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11826 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11827 across different machines.
11828 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11829 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11831 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11833 \begin_inset space ~
11837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11839 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11844 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11845 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11849 \begin_layout Standard
11850 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11851 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11853 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11854 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11855 that is installed on your system.
11856 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11859 \begin_layout Standard
11860 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11868 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11869 es; so you might have to experiment.
11877 \begin_layout Standard
11878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11886 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11887 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11895 \begin_layout Subsection
11896 Document Font and Font size
11897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11899 name "sub:Document-Font"
11904 \begin_inset Index idx
11907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11914 \begin_inset Index idx
11917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11926 \begin_layout Standard
11927 You can set the document fonts in the
11929 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11933 \begin_inset Index idx
11936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11937 Document ! Settings
11947 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11948 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11951 \begin_inset space ~
11960 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11961 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11965 \begin_layout Standard
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11981 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11982 This requires that you use
11988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12027 as the output format, i.
12028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12032 \begin_inset space \space{}
12035 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12036 \begin_inset space ~
12040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12042 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12047 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12048 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12050 \begin_inset space ~
12053 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12054 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12055 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12057 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12060 \begin_layout Standard
12061 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12066 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12071 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12072 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12079 \begin_inset space ~
12085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12098 European Computer Modern
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12108 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12111 \begin_layout Standard
12120 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12121 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12126 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12129 \begin_inset space ~
12134 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12140 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12141 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12144 \begin_layout Itemize
12148 \begin_inset space ~
12153 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12171 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12175 as the default font.
12176 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12177 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12180 \begin_inset space ~
12193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12194 One difference is improved kerning.
12202 \begin_layout Itemize
12206 \begin_inset space ~
12210 \begin_inset space ~
12215 fonts in (the rare) case that
12218 \begin_inset space ~
12223 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12238 Virtual means that it
12239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12250 -glyphs from other fonts.
12251 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12273 Loading the LaTeX-package
12278 \begin_inset Index idx
12281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12282 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12287 with the document preamble line
12288 \begin_inset Newline newline
12295 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12296 \begin_inset Newline newline
12301 will fix the guillemet problem.
12306 and that accented characters are not
12310 glyph, but built of
12314 characters, the accent and the letter.
12315 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12321 If you search for example for the French word
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12329 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 and not for the glyph
12339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12343 \begin_inset space ~
12347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12353 \begin_layout Itemize
12354 If you do not like the look of
12362 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12373 \begin_inset space ~
12383 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12384 \begin_inset space ~
12387 serif and typewriter fonts,
12391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12392 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12399 \begin_inset space ~
12408 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12413 \begin_inset space \space{}
12421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12425 \begin_inset space \space{}
12431 \begin_inset space ~
12439 \begin_inset space ~
12449 but you can also select your own.
12450 \begin_inset Newline newline
12453 The differences between roman,
12456 \begin_inset space ~
12465 fonts are explained in section
12466 \begin_inset space ~
12470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12472 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12477 \begin_inset Newline newline
12483 \begin_inset space ~
12488 was originally designed for newspapers.
12489 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12490 into the small newspaper columns.
12494 \begin_inset space ~
12499 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12502 \begin_layout Standard
12503 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12516 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12521 depends on the class you are using.
12522 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 Note that the font size is the
12531 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12532 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12533 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12536 \begin_inset space ~
12542 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12543 \begin_inset space ~
12547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12549 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12556 \begin_layout Standard
12561 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12563 \begin_inset space ~
12566 serif or typewriter.
12571 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12581 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12584 \begin_layout Standard
12593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12602 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12608 \begin_inset Index idx
12611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12612 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12618 \begin_inset space ~
12622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12624 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12629 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12630 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12637 \begin_layout Standard
12638 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12640 Use Old Style Figures
12644 Use True Small Caps
12647 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12650 Use Old Style Figures
12652 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12654 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12662 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12666 Use True Small Caps
12668 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12669 of scaled capitals.
12670 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12671 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12674 \begin_layout Standard
12679 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12680 a font to display the script characters.
12684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12685 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12690 \begin_inset Index idx
12693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12694 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12699 So this has no effect for the document language
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12720 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12728 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12732 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12733 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12734 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12736 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12739 dialog, see section
12740 \begin_inset space ~
12744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12746 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12758 \begin_layout Subsection
12759 Using Different Character Styles
12760 \begin_inset Index idx
12763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 \begin_inset Index idx
12773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12784 certain paragraph environments.
12785 LyX supports two character styles,
12794 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12798 \begin_layout Standard
12803 style, do one of the following:
12806 \begin_layout Itemize
12807 click on the toolbar button
12816 \begin_layout Itemize
12817 use the key binding
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827 These commands are all toggles.
12832 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 One typically uses the
12840 style for proper names.
12842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12849 is the original author of LyX.
12850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 A more widely used character style is the
12862 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12869 \begin_layout Itemize
12870 clicking on the toolbar button
12879 \begin_layout Itemize
12880 using the keybindings
12889 \begin_layout Standard
12894 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12895 es use a different font.
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 We've been using the
12903 style all over the place in this document.
12904 Here's one more example:
12907 \begin_layout Quotation
12910 Do not overuse character styles!
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12915 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12916 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12917 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12921 \begin_layout Standard
12922 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12930 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12932 \begin_inset space ~
12940 \begin_layout Subsection
12941 Fine-Tuning with the
12946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12948 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12953 \begin_inset Index idx
12956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12965 \begin_layout Standard
12966 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12967 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12968 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12969 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12970 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12971 from ordinary dialog.
12974 \begin_layout Standard
12975 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12976 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12977 \begin_inset Newline newline
12980 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12981 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12984 \begin_layout Standard
12985 To use custom character styles, open the
12987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 \begin_inset space ~
12992 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12995 dialog or press the toolbar button
12998 arg "dialog-show character"
13002 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13003 font property that you can choose.
13004 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13007 \begin_inset space ~
13012 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13017 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13018 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13019 environments in a snap.
13022 \begin_layout Standard
13023 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13026 \begin_inset space ~
13038 \begin_layout Labeling
13039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13053 The possible options are:
13057 \begin_layout Labeling
13058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13063 This is the Roman font family.
13064 Normally a serif font.
13065 It's also the default family.
13075 \begin_layout Labeling
13076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13080 \begin_inset space ~
13087 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13099 \begin_layout Labeling
13100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13107 This is the Typewriter font family.
13113 arg "font-typewriter"
13122 \begin_layout Labeling
13123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13128 This corresponds to the print weight.
13133 \begin_layout Labeling
13134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13139 This is the Medium font series.
13140 It's also the default series.
13143 \begin_layout Labeling
13144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13151 This is the Bold font series.
13164 \begin_layout Labeling
13165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13170 As the name implies.
13175 \begin_layout Labeling
13176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13181 This is the Upright font shape.
13182 It's also the default shape.
13185 \begin_layout Labeling
13186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13200 s the Italic font shape
13206 \begin_layout Labeling
13207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13214 This is the Slanted font shape
13216 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13219 \begin_layout Labeling
13220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13224 \begin_inset space ~
13231 This is the Small caps font shape
13238 \begin_layout Labeling
13239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13244 Alters the size of the font.
13245 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13246 proportional to the document font size.
13247 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13248 what you want to do.
13253 \begin_layout Labeling
13254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13275 arg "font-size tiny"
13281 \begin_layout Labeling
13282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13303 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13309 \begin_layout Labeling
13310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13331 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13337 \begin_layout Labeling
13338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13359 arg "font-size small"
13365 \begin_layout Labeling
13366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13380 It's also the default size.
13384 arg "font-size normal"
13390 \begin_layout Labeling
13391 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13412 arg "font-size large"
13418 \begin_layout Labeling
13419 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13440 arg "font-size larger"
13446 \begin_layout Labeling
13447 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13468 arg "font-size largest"
13474 \begin_layout Labeling
13475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13496 arg "font-size huge"
13502 \begin_layout Labeling
13503 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13524 arg "font-size giant"
13530 \begin_layout Labeling
13531 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13536 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 arg "font-size increase"
13562 \begin_layout Labeling
13563 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13568 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13588 arg "font-size decrease"
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13600 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13601 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13602 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13603 — use those instead.
13604 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13607 \begin_layout Labeling
13608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13613 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13618 \begin_layout Labeling
13619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13626 This is text with emphasize on
13629 This might seem like the same as
13633 , but it is actually a bit different.
13639 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13641 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13644 \begin_layout Labeling
13645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13652 This is text with Underbar on.
13658 arg "font-underline"
13664 \begin_inset Newline newline
13669 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13670 when you could not change fonts.
13671 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13672 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13676 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13679 \begin_layout Labeling
13680 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13684 \begin_inset space ~
13691 This is text with Double underbar on.
13697 arg "font-underunderline"
13701 \begin_inset Newline newline
13704 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13705 about double underbar.
13708 \begin_layout Labeling
13709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13713 \begin_inset space ~
13720 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13726 arg "font-underwave"
13730 \begin_inset Newline newline
13733 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13734 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13737 \begin_layout Labeling
13738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13745 This is text with Strikeout on.
13751 arg "font-strikeout"
13755 \begin_inset Newline newline
13758 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13759 changed in the meantime.
13762 \begin_layout Labeling
13763 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13770 This is text with Noun on.
13777 , this is a logical attribute.
13778 Normally it's equivalent to
13781 \begin_inset space ~
13790 \begin_layout Labeling
13791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13796 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13797 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13801 \begin_inset space ~
13806 , which is the default
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13814 and means normally black, you can choose between
13847 \begin_inset Index idx
13850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13859 \begin_layout Labeling
13860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13865 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13866 the language of the document.
13867 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13869 \begin_inset Newline newline
13872 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13873 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13874 When using the spell checking (see section
13875 \begin_inset space ~
13879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13881 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13885 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13888 \begin_layout Standard
13889 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13890 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13892 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13894 \begin_inset space ~
13899 dialog, the settings are saved.
13900 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13903 arg "textstyle-apply"
13907 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13912 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13919 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13920 (suppose you just set the shape to
13921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13939 \begin_inset space ~
13951 \begin_layout Standard
13952 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13960 \begin_inset space ~
13972 \begin_layout Itemize
13978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13985 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14003 \begin_inset Newline newline
14007 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14021 \begin_inset Note Note
14024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14025 For more on phantoms see section
14026 \begin_inset space ~
14030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14032 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14042 \begin_inset Newline newline
14048 \begin_layout Itemize
14053 fonts use characters with serifs.
14054 These are the small
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14063 The following example shows the difference:
14064 \begin_inset Newline newline
14068 \begin_inset Newline newline
14073 text without serifs
14076 \begin_inset Newline newline
14079 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14080 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14087 \begin_layout Itemize
14092 is not recommended to use a base type.
14093 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14094 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14097 \begin_layout Standard
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14106 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14107 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14109 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14110 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14111 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14129 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14130 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14138 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14142 \begin_inset space ~
14147 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14163 \begin_inset space \space{}
14167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14185 \begin_inset space ~
14190 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14199 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14203 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14204 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14207 \begin_layout Section
14208 Printing and Previewing
14211 \begin_layout Subsection
14215 \begin_layout Standard
14216 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14217 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14218 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14219 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14220 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14222 Additional Features
14227 \begin_layout Standard
14228 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14229 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14230 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14231 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14232 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14233 This happens in two stages:
14236 \begin_layout Enumerate
14237 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14238 generating a file with the extension,
14239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14253 \begin_layout Enumerate
14254 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14258 file to produce printable output.
14262 \begin_layout Subsection
14263 Output file formats
14264 \begin_inset Index idx
14267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14276 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14284 Simple text (ASCII)
14285 \begin_inset Index idx
14288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14289 File formats ! ASCII
14297 \begin_layout Standard
14298 This file type has the extension
14299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14311 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14315 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14322 \begin_layout Standard
14323 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14325 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14326 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14328 \begin_inset space ~
14335 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14336 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14338 \begin_inset space ~
14342 \begin_inset space ~
14348 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14354 \begin_inset Index idx
14357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14358 File formats ! LaTeX
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14367 This file type has the extension
14368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14379 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14381 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14382 it manually with console commands.
14383 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14384 you view or export your document.
14387 \begin_layout Standard
14388 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14390 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14391 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14406 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14407 \begin_inset space ~
14411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14413 reference "sub:Export"
14420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14422 \begin_inset Index idx
14425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 This file type has the extension
14436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14456 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14457 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14458 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14462 \begin_layout Standard
14463 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14464 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14465 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14466 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14468 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14471 \begin_layout Standard
14472 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14474 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14475 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14483 \begin_inset space ~
14490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14500 The latter option uses the program
14509 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14510 font access (see section
14511 \begin_inset space ~
14515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14517 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14522 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14523 standard TeX processor.
14526 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14528 \begin_inset Index idx
14531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14532 File formats ! PostScript
14540 \begin_layout Standard
14541 This file type has the extension
14542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14554 PostScript was developed by the company
14558 as a printer language.
14559 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14561 PostScript can be seen as a
14562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14565 programming language
14566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14569 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14574 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14580 \begin_inset Index idx
14583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14584 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14594 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14597 \begin_layout Standard
14598 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14602 Encapsulated PostScript
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14606 (EPS, file extension
14607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14619 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14620 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14626 \begin_inset space \space{}
14630 \begin_inset space ~
14633 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14634 \begin_inset space ~
14637 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14638 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14639 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14640 EPS to avoid this problem.
14643 \begin_layout Standard
14644 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14646 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14647 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14655 \begin_inset Index idx
14658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14665 \begin_inset Index idx
14668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 This file type has the extension
14679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14695 Portable Document Format
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14703 was derived from PostScript.
14704 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14713 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14714 looks exactly the same.
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14718 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14726 (JPG, file extension
14727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14754 Portable Network Graphics
14755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14758 (PNG, file extension
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14772 background to one of these formats.
14773 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14774 will slow down your workflow.
14775 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14778 \begin_layout Standard
14779 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14781 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14787 \begin_layout Description
14789 \begin_inset space ~
14792 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14796 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14797 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14801 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14802 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14805 \begin_layout Description
14807 \begin_inset space ~
14810 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14814 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14818 \begin_layout Description
14820 \begin_inset space ~
14823 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14827 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14830 \begin_layout Description
14832 \begin_inset space ~
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14846 X) This uses the program
14850 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14855 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14856 font access (see section
14857 \begin_inset space ~
14861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14863 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14868 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14869 y written Japanese.
14872 \begin_layout Description
14874 \begin_inset space ~
14881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14888 X) This uses the program
14892 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14897 is an even newer engine, derived from
14901 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14902 access (see section
14903 \begin_inset space ~
14907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14909 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14914 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14915 standard TeX processor.
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14922 \begin_inset space ~
14931 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14932 works without problems.
14933 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14934 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14938 \begin_inset space ~
14945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14957 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14973 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14983 \begin_inset Index idx
14986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 FileFormats ! XHTML
14993 \begin_inset Index idx
14996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15005 \begin_layout Standard
15006 This file type has the extension
15007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15019 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15020 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them,
15021 and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in
15022 formats suitable for the purpose.
15023 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15026 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15029 between different formats, which are described in section
15031 Math Output in XHTML
15036 \begin_inset space ~
15044 \begin_layout Standard
15045 XHTML output remains
15046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15053 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15056 LyX and the World Wide Web
15060 Additional Features
15062 manual, for more information.
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15066 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15068 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15069 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15075 \begin_layout Subsection
15077 \begin_inset Index idx
15080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15090 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15091 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15100 or the toolbar button
15107 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15108 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15115 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15119 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15127 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15132 Further output formats can be selected via
15134 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15137 or the toolbar button
15138 \begin_inset Graphics
15139 filename ../images/view-others.png
15141 groupId toolbarbuttons
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15149 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15150 viewer window using the menu
15152 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15157 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15158 Update (Other Formats)
15163 \begin_layout Standard
15164 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15166 To have a real output, export your document.
15169 \begin_layout Subsection
15170 Printing the File from within LyX
15171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15173 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15181 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15182 it directly from within LyX.
15183 To print a file, select the menu
15185 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15188 or click on the toolbar button
15191 arg "dialog-show print"
15195 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15196 This file is then processed by the program
15200 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15205 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15209 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15210 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15211 printing one set to print on the other side.
15212 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15213 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15214 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15218 You can set the parameters in the
15221 \begin_inset space ~
15229 \begin_layout Labeling
15230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15235 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15240 Note that this printer name is for the program
15249 has to be configured for this printer name.
15250 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15251 \begin_inset space ~
15255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15257 reference "sub:Printer"
15266 The printer should understand PostScript.
15269 \begin_layout Labeling
15270 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15275 The name of a file to print to.
15276 The output will be a PostScript file.
15277 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15281 \begin_layout Section
15282 A few Words about Typography
15283 \begin_inset Index idx
15286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15295 \begin_layout Subsection
15296 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15297 \begin_inset Index idx
15300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15307 \begin_inset Index idx
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15319 \begin_layout Standard
15321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15332 character comes in four lengths: the
15344 , and the minus sign:
15345 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15351 \begin_layout Standard
15352 \begin_inset Tabular
15353 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15354 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15355 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15356 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15357 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15358 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15387 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15427 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15457 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15464 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15491 \begin_inset space ~
15494 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15515 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15549 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15555 \begin_layout Standard
15556 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15568 character multiple times in a row.
15569 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15570 the final output, but not in LyX.
15572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15603 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15604 math mode and has a length of its own.
15605 Here are some examples:
15608 \begin_layout Enumerate
15609 line- and page-breaks
15610 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15620 \begin_layout Enumerate
15622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15632 \begin_layout Enumerate
15633 Oh — there's a dash.
15634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15644 \begin_layout Enumerate
15645 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15649 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15659 \begin_layout Subsection
15661 \begin_inset Index idx
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15673 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15680 \begin_layout Standard
15681 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15682 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15687 \begin_inset Index idx
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15691 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15696 following the rules of the document language.
15699 \begin_layout Standard
15700 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15705 font and with unusual constructs, like
15706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15714 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15716 This is done with the menu
15718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15719 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15721 \begin_inset space ~
15727 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15728 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15732 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15733 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 as a hyphenation possibility.
15752 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15753 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15754 as described in section
15755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15758 Prevent Hyphenation
15759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15765 \begin_inset space ~
15773 \begin_layout Subsection
15775 \begin_inset Index idx
15778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15788 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15791 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15799 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15800 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15801 LaTeX then adds the
15802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15805 appropriate amount of space
15806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15810 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15812 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15813 gets after another word.
15816 \begin_layout Standard
15817 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15818 not work in all cases.
15820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15831 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15832 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15836 Here are some examples of
15840 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15843 \begin_layout Itemize
15848 \begin_layout Itemize
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15854 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15857 \begin_layout Itemize
15859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15863 this is too much space!
15866 \begin_layout Itemize
15871 \begin_layout Standard
15872 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15875 \begin_layout Standard
15876 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15879 \begin_layout Enumerate
15883 \begin_inset space ~
15888 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15889 \begin_inset space ~
15893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15895 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15900 \begin_inset Index idx
15903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15904 Spaces ! inter-word
15912 \begin_layout Enumerate
15916 \begin_inset space ~
15921 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15922 \begin_inset space ~
15926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15928 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15933 \begin_inset Index idx
15936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 \begin_layout Enumerate
15949 \begin_inset space ~
15953 \begin_inset space ~
15957 \begin_inset space ~
15964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15966 \begin_inset space ~
15971 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15972 This function is also bound to
15975 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15981 \begin_layout Standard
15982 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15985 \begin_layout Itemize
15987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15991 \begin_inset space \space{}
15994 this is too much space!
15997 \begin_layout Itemize
15998 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16003 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
16004 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16005 will take care of this.
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16013 \begin_inset space ~
16018 feature described in section
16024 Additional Features
16029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16031 \begin_inset Index idx
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16035 Typography ! Quotes
16041 \begin_inset Index idx
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16076 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16077 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16078 and use a closing quote at the end.
16080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16088 The keyboard character,
16092 , generates this automatically.
16095 \begin_layout Standard
16096 You can specify what character the
16100 key produces using the submenu
16106 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16110 \begin_inset Index idx
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16114 Document ! Settings
16124 There are six choices:
16127 \begin_layout Labeling
16128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16140 Use quotes like this
16141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16151 \begin_layout Labeling
16152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16155 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16159 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16165 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16169 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16175 \begin_layout Labeling
16176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16179 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16183 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16189 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16193 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16199 \begin_layout Labeling
16200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16203 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16207 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16213 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16217 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16223 \begin_layout Labeling
16224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16227 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16231 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16237 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16241 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16247 \begin_layout Labeling
16248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16251 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16255 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16261 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16265 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16271 \begin_layout Subsection
16273 \begin_inset Index idx
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 Typography ! Ligatures
16283 \begin_inset Index idx
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16317 name "sub:Ligatures"
16324 \begin_layout Standard
16325 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16326 print them as single characters.
16327 These groups are known as
16332 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16334 Here are the standard ligatures:
16337 \begin_layout Itemize
16341 \begin_layout Itemize
16345 \begin_layout Itemize
16349 \begin_layout Itemize
16353 \begin_layout Itemize
16357 \begin_layout Standard
16358 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16361 \begin_layout Standard
16362 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16363 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16371 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16387 To break a ligature, use
16389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16390 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16392 \begin_inset space ~
16399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16410 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16427 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16435 \begin_layout Subsection
16437 \begin_inset Index idx
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16449 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16456 \begin_layout Standard
16457 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16458 characters in different sizes and heights.
16459 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16460 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16480 \begin_inset Note Note
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16484 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16492 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16493 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16498 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16502 \begin_layout Description
16503 LyX The name of the game, write
16504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16525 \begin_layout Description
16526 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16548 \begin_layout Description
16549 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16571 \begin_layout Description
16572 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16594 \begin_layout Standard
16595 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16600 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16608 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16609 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16610 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16613 : The actual version is
16614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16621 , the previous one was
16622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16632 \begin_layout Standard
16633 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16638 \begin_inset space \space{}
16641 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16643 This will look in LyX like:
16644 \begin_inset Graphics
16645 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16651 \begin_inset Newline newline
16654 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16655 \begin_inset space ~
16659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16661 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16668 \begin_layout Subsection
16670 \begin_inset Index idx
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16682 \begin_layout Standard
16683 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16684 space between two words.
16685 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16695 for units use the menu
16697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16698 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16700 \begin_inset space ~
16708 arg "space-insert thin"
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16715 Here is an example to show the differences:
16718 \begin_layout Standard
16719 \begin_inset Tabular
16720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16721 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16722 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16723 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 \begin_inset space ~
16734 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16746 space between number and unit
16753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16762 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 half space between number and unit
16787 \begin_layout Subsection
16789 \begin_inset Index idx
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16802 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16804 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16805 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16806 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16807 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16808 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16809 These bits of text became known as
16820 \begin_layout Standard
16821 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16822 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16823 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16824 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16825 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16826 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16827 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16830 \begin_layout Standard
16831 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16832 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16833 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16834 \begin_inset space ~
16838 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16840 key "latexcompanion"
16845 \begin_inset space ~
16849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16855 ) may have more information.
16856 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16859 \begin_layout Chapter
16860 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16863 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16870 \begin_layout Standard
16871 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16874 \begin_inset space ~
16880 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16883 \begin_layout Section
16885 \begin_inset Index idx
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16904 \begin_layout Standard
16905 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16908 \begin_layout Description
16910 \begin_inset space ~
16913 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16914 \begin_inset Newline newline
16918 \begin_inset Note Note
16921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16930 \begin_layout Description
16931 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16932 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16934 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16935 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16937 \begin_inset space ~
16943 \begin_inset Newline newline
16947 \begin_inset Note Comment
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16959 \begin_layout Description
16961 \begin_inset space ~
16964 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16965 set in the document settings under
16967 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16969 \begin_inset space ~
16975 \begin_inset Newline newline
16979 \begin_inset Newline newline
16983 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16993 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16998 of a comment that appears in the output.
17004 \begin_inset Newline newline
17008 \begin_inset Newline newline
17011 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17012 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17016 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17028 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17031 \begin_layout Section
17033 \begin_inset Index idx
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17045 name "sec:Footnotes"
17052 \begin_layout Standard
17053 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17059 or the toolbar button
17062 arg "footnote-insert"
17074 \begin_inset Graphics
17075 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17084 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17113 label, the box will
17117 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17118 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17131 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17132 and click on the footnote
17147 \begin_layout Standard
17148 Here is an example footnote:
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17165 \begin_layout Standard
17166 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17167 position where the footnote box is placed.
17168 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17169 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17170 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17172 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17173 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17178 ey are described in the
17181 \begin_inset space ~
17189 \begin_layout Section
17191 \begin_inset Index idx
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17203 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17210 \begin_layout Standard
17211 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17212 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17216 \begin_inset space ~
17221 or the toolbar button
17224 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17250 appearing within your text.
17251 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17260 \begin_layout Standard
17261 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17265 \begin_inset Marginal
17268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17269 This is a marginal note.
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17278 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17279 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17280 pages, right on odd pages.
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17284 For further information about marginal notes see section
17287 \begin_inset space ~
17295 \begin_inset space ~
17303 \begin_layout Section
17304 Graphics and Images
17305 \begin_inset Index idx
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 \begin_inset Index idx
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17327 name "sec:Graphics"
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17335 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17336 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17339 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17348 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17351 \begin_layout Standard
17352 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17357 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17358 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17360 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17361 \begin_inset space ~
17365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17367 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17374 \begin_layout Standard
17379 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17380 of the image in the output.
17381 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17385 \begin_inset space ~
17389 \begin_inset space ~
17398 \begin_inset space ~
17402 \begin_inset space ~
17406 \begin_inset space ~
17411 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17412 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17423 LaTeX and LyX options
17425 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17426 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17430 \begin_inset space ~
17435 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17436 with the image size is printed.
17440 \begin_inset space ~
17444 \begin_inset space ~
17448 \begin_inset space ~
17453 is explained in the
17456 \begin_inset space ~
17468 \begin_layout Standard
17469 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17470 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17472 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17476 \begin_layout Standard
17478 \begin_inset Graphics
17479 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17487 \begin_layout Standard
17488 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17489 the image into a float, see section
17490 \begin_inset space ~
17494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17496 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17503 \begin_layout Subsection
17505 \begin_inset Index idx
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17517 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17524 \begin_layout Standard
17525 You can insert images in any known file format.
17526 But as we explained in section
17527 \begin_inset space ~
17531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17533 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17537 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17538 LyX therefore uses the program
17542 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17543 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17544 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17545 \begin_inset space ~
17549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17551 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17558 \begin_layout Standard
17559 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17562 \begin_layout Description
17564 \begin_inset space ~
17567 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17568 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17569 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17573 Graphics Interchange Format
17574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17577 (GIF, file extension
17578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17590 \begin_inset Index idx
17593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17625 Portable Network Graphics
17626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17629 (PNG, file extension
17630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17642 \begin_inset Index idx
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17677 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17681 (JPG, file extension
17682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17706 \begin_inset Index idx
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 \begin_layout Description
17742 \begin_inset space ~
17745 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17747 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17748 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17749 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17750 \begin_inset Newline newline
17753 Scalable image formats can be
17754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17757 Scalable Vector Graphics
17758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17761 (SVG, file extension
17762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17774 \begin_inset Index idx
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17809 Encapsulated PostScript
17810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17813 (EPS, file extension
17814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17826 \begin_inset Index idx
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17861 Portable Document Format
17862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17865 (PDF, file extension
17866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17878 \begin_inset Index idx
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17896 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17897 result will not be scalable.
17898 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17912 \begin_layout Standard
17913 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17917 \begin_layout Subsection
17918 Grouping of Image Settings
17919 \begin_inset Index idx
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 Images ! Settings grouping
17931 \begin_layout Standard
17932 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17934 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17935 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17937 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17938 need to manually change each of them.
17942 \begin_layout Standard
17943 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17946 \begin_inset space ~
17951 field in the Graphics dialog.
17952 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17953 by checking the name of the desired group.
17956 \begin_layout Section
17958 \begin_inset Index idx
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17977 \begin_layout Standard
17978 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17981 arg "tabular-insert"
17986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17990 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17991 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17992 from the rest of the table.
17993 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17994 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17996 Here is an example table:
17999 \begin_layout Standard
18001 \begin_inset Tabular
18002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
18003 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 \begin_layout Subsection
18211 \begin_layout Standard
18212 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18213 brings up the table dialog.
18214 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18215 where the cursor is placed currently.
18216 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18217 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18218 done on all of your selection.
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18222 In addition to the table dialog, the
18225 \begin_inset space ~
18230 helps you in setting table properties.
18231 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18234 \begin_layout Standard
18238 \begin_inset space ~
18243 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18244 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18245 current cell respectively.
18246 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18248 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18249 of text, see section
18250 \begin_inset space ~
18254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18256 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18263 \begin_layout Standard
18264 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18265 using the check box
18274 This will merge the cells to
18278 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18279 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18280 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18281 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18282 in the last row without the upper border:
18285 \begin_layout Standard
18287 \begin_inset Tabular
18288 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18289 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18291 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 \begin_layout Standard
18425 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18426 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18427 explained in the tables section of the
18430 \begin_inset space ~
18436 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18440 degrees counterclockwise.
18441 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18444 \begin_layout Standard
18445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 Most DVI-viewers are
18457 able to display rotations.
18465 \begin_layout Standard
18470 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18475 adds lines for all cell borders.
18478 \begin_layout Subsection
18480 \begin_inset Index idx
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 Tables ! Longtables
18490 \begin_inset Index idx
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 \begin_layout Standard
18503 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18506 \begin_inset space ~
18510 \begin_inset space ~
18519 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18520 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18523 \begin_layout Description
18528 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18529 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18530 except for the first page, if
18533 \begin_inset space ~
18541 \begin_layout Description
18545 \begin_inset space ~
18550 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18551 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18554 \begin_layout Description
18559 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18560 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18561 except for the last page, if
18564 \begin_inset space ~
18572 \begin_layout Description
18576 \begin_inset space ~
18581 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18582 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18585 \begin_layout Description
18586 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18587 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18593 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18596 \begin_inset space ~
18604 \begin_layout Standard
18605 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18606 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18607 that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18608 The others will then be defined as
18613 In this context, first means first in this order:
18616 \begin_inset space ~
18628 \begin_inset space ~
18634 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18637 \begin_layout Standard
18639 \begin_inset Tabular
18640 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18641 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18642 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18643 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18644 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18645 <row endfirsthead="true">
18646 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18657 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <row endfirsthead="true">
18677 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <row endhead="true">
18710 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <row endhead="true">
18741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <row endfoot="true">
18774 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19766 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20601 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20632 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20694 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 <row endlastfoot="true">
20756 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20767 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20776 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20793 \begin_layout Subsection
20795 \begin_inset Index idx
20798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20807 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20816 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20817 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20818 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20822 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20823 for the cell's paragraph.
20826 \begin_layout Standard
20827 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20828 for the column in the table dialog.
20829 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20830 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20836 \begin_inset Tabular
20837 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20838 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20840 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20861 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20986 This is longer now.
20991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21042 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21043 This is longer now.
21048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21075 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21076 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21081 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21082 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21088 Selection with the mouse or with
21092 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21093 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21094 the selection from outside the table.
21097 \begin_layout Section
21099 \begin_inset Index idx
21102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21118 \begin_layout Subsection
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21123 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21124 have a fixed location.
21126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21133 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21141 \begin_inset space ~
21146 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21147 too many notes on the page.
21150 \begin_layout Standard
21151 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21152 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21153 and pages without text.
21154 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21155 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21156 Floats are therefore numbered.
21157 Referencing is described in section
21158 \begin_inset space ~
21162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21164 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21171 \begin_layout Standard
21172 To insert a float, use the menu
21174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21178 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21179 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21181 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21182 \begin_inset Index idx
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21191 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21192 paragraph within the float.
21193 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21194 by left-clicking on the box label.
21195 A closed float box looks like this:
21196 \begin_inset Graphics
21197 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21202 – a gray button with a red label.
21205 \begin_layout Standard
21206 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21207 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21210 \begin_layout Subsection
21214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21218 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21223 \begin_inset Index idx
21226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 Floats ! Figure floats
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21237 \begin_inset space ~
21241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21243 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21247 was created using the menu
21249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21250 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21253 or the toolbar button
21256 arg "float-insert figure"
21260 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21266 or the toolbar button
21269 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21273 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21274 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21278 \begin_inset space ~
21283 or the toolbar button
21286 arg "layout-paragraph"
21292 \begin_layout Standard
21293 \begin_inset Float figure
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21300 \begin_inset Graphics
21301 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 \begin_inset Caption
21313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21316 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21320 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21333 \begin_layout Standard
21334 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21335 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21340 or the toolbar button
21346 and refer to it using the menu
21348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21351 or the toolbar button
21354 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21358 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21367 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21377 For more about cross-references, see section
21378 \begin_inset space ~
21382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21384 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21391 \begin_layout Standard
21392 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21393 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21394 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21395 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21396 as described in section
21397 \begin_inset space ~
21401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21403 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21409 \begin_inset space ~
21413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21415 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21419 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21420 You can also set the images one below the other.
21422 \begin_inset space ~
21426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21428 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21435 reference "fig:Platypus"
21439 are the subfigures.
21442 \begin_layout Standard
21443 \begin_inset Float figure
21448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21453 \begin_inset Float figure
21458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21459 \begin_inset Caption
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21464 name "fig:Undefinable"
21476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21477 \begin_inset Graphics
21478 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21489 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21493 \begin_inset Float figure
21498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21499 \begin_inset Caption
21501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21504 name "fig:Platypus"
21516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21517 \begin_inset Graphics
21518 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21530 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21537 \begin_inset Caption
21539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21542 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21546 Two distorted images.
21559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21561 \begin_inset Index idx
21564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21565 Floats ! Table floats
21573 \begin_layout Standard
21574 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21577 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21580 or the toolbar button
21583 arg "float-insert table"
21587 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21590 \begin_inset space ~
21594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21596 reference "tab:Table-float"
21603 \begin_layout Standard
21604 \begin_inset Float table
21609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21610 \begin_inset Caption
21612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21615 name "tab:Table-float"
21627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21629 \begin_inset Tabular
21630 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21631 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21632 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21633 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21761 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21782 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21785 \end{array}\right]$
21793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21806 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21827 \begin_layout Subsection
21829 \begin_inset Index idx
21832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21841 \begin_layout Standard
21842 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21843 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21844 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21846 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21854 \begin_inset space ~
21862 \begin_layout Section
21864 \begin_inset Index idx
21867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21876 name "sec:Minipages"
21883 \begin_layout Standard
21884 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21886 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21887 \begin_inset space ~
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21901 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21902 and its alignment within the page.
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21907 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21917 height_special "totalheight"
21920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21923 This is a minipage.
21924 The text is set in an italic style.
21927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21930 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21931 another formatting.
21939 \begin_layout Standard
21940 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21943 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21947 as described in section
21948 \begin_inset space ~
21952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21954 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21959 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21965 \begin_layout Standard
21966 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21976 height_special "totalheight"
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21981 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21987 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21991 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22001 height_special "totalheight"
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22005 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22006 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22014 \begin_layout Standard
22015 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22021 \begin_layout Standard
22022 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22023 to other box types.
22024 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22031 \begin_inset space ~
22039 \begin_layout Chapter
22040 Mathematical Formulas
22041 \begin_inset Index idx
22044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_inset Index idx
22054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22085 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22092 \begin_layout Standard
22093 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22098 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22101 \begin_layout Section
22103 \begin_inset Index idx
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 \begin_layout Standard
22116 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22123 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22125 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22126 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22127 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22135 \begin_layout Standard
22136 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22140 \begin_inset space ~
22145 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22150 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22154 This is a line with an inline formula
22155 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22161 \begin_layout Standard
22162 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22163 paragraph, like this one:
22164 \begin_inset Formula
22171 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22174 \begin_layout Standard
22175 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22181 \begin_inset space \space{}
22185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22198 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22199 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22203 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22206 \begin_inset space ~
22214 \begin_layout Subsection
22215 Navigating in Formulas
22216 \begin_inset Index idx
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22228 \begin_layout Standard
22229 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22230 achieved with the arrow keys.
22231 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22232 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22237 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22238 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22242 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22246 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22249 \end{array}\right]$
22257 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22262 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22263 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22266 \begin_layout Standard
22271 , printed in this document as
22272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22293 \begin_inset Note Note
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22298 the space character (visible space).
22303 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22304 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22305 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22310 For example, if you want
22311 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22365 , since in the latter case only the
22368 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22373 will be under the square root sign:
22374 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22383 \begin_inset Formula
22385 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22394 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22395 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22398 \begin_layout Subsection
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22403 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22404 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22408 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22409 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22410 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22411 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22412 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22415 \begin_layout Subsection
22416 Exponents and Subscripts
22417 \begin_inset Index idx
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22427 \begin_inset Index idx
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22439 \begin_layout Standard
22440 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22443 arg "math-superscript"
22449 arg "math-subscript"
22452 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22454 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22457 , type in a formula
22463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22485 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22489 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22510 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22519 , you have to use an extra
22523 to separate the hat and the character.
22525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22529 \begin_inset space \space{}
22533 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22554 Subscripts are similar: To get
22555 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 \begin_layout Subsection
22580 \begin_inset Index idx
22583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22593 Create a fraction with either the command
22602 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22608 \begin_inset space ~
22614 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22615 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22616 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22621 To move back up, press
22626 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22627 \begin_inset Formula
22629 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22632 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22640 \begin_layout Subsection
22642 \begin_inset Index idx
22645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22654 \begin_layout Standard
22655 Roots can be created using the
22658 \begin_inset space ~
22666 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22672 arg "math-insert \\root"
22694 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22700 produces always a square root.
22703 \begin_layout Subsection
22704 Operators with Limits
22705 \begin_inset Index idx
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 \begin_inset Index idx
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22727 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22736 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22740 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22743 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22744 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22745 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22746 The sum operator will automatically place its
22747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22754 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22757 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22761 \begin_inset Formula
22763 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22768 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22775 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22776 behind the operator and hitting
22784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22785 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22787 \begin_inset space ~
22791 \begin_inset space ~
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22808 feature as addition, such as
22809 \begin_inset Index idx
22812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22819 \begin_inset Formula
22821 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22826 which will place the
22827 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22839 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22840 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22846 \begin_layout Standard
22847 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22854 Have a look at section
22855 \begin_inset space ~
22859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22861 reference "sub:Functions"
22865 for an explanation of function macros.
22868 \begin_layout Subsection
22870 \begin_inset Index idx
22873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22882 \begin_layout Standard
22883 Most math symbols can be found in the
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22891 under one of several categories; including
22908 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22912 \begin_layout Standard
22913 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22914 you don't have to use the
22917 \begin_inset space ~
22922 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22923 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22926 \begin_layout Subsection
22928 \begin_inset Index idx
22931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22940 \begin_layout Standard
22941 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22946 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22952 \begin_inset space ~
22962 arg "math-insert \\space"
22968 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22969 For example, the sequence
22974 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22978 \begin_inset Graphics
22979 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22984 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22985 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22986 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22987 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22989 Here are two examples:
22992 \begin_layout Standard
23002 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23008 \begin_layout Standard
23018 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23024 \begin_layout Subsection
23026 \begin_inset Index idx
23029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23038 name "sub:Functions"
23045 \begin_layout Standard
23049 \begin_inset space ~
23054 contains under the button
23059 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23064 a number of function macros, such as
23065 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23069 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23077 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23084 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23085 avoid confusions, because
23086 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23090 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23099 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23103 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23109 \begin_layout Standard
23110 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23111 s are placed, as described in section
23112 \begin_inset space ~
23116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23118 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23125 \begin_layout Subsection
23127 \begin_inset Index idx
23130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23139 \begin_layout Standard
23140 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23142 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23143 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23148 \begin_inset space \space{}
23152 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23155 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23156 Our example is entered by typing
23164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23177 \begin_inset space ~
23181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23183 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23187 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23190 \begin_layout Standard
23191 \begin_inset Float table
23196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23197 \begin_inset Caption
23199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23202 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23206 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23216 \begin_inset Tabular
23217 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23218 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23219 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23220 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23221 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23305 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23359 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23521 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23629 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23683 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23737 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23782 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23803 \begin_layout Standard
23804 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23807 \begin_inset space ~
23815 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23818 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23822 \begin_layout Section
23823 Brackets and Delimiters
23824 \begin_inset Index idx
23827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23834 \begin_inset Index idx
23837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23846 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23853 \begin_layout Standard
23854 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23855 For some purposes, using just the keys
23860 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23861 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23862 toolbar delimiter icon
23865 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23869 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23870 \begin_inset Formula
23872 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23880 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23881 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23885 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23888 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23894 \begin_inset Formula
23896 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23904 \begin_layout Standard
23905 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23906 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23911 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23912 left side and right side.
23913 If you use the option
23916 \begin_inset space ~
23921 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23922 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23923 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23924 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23927 \begin_layout Standard
23928 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23929 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23930 go inside the brackets.
23931 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23936 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23937 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23938 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23939 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23940 the structure and enter
23943 arg "math-delim ( )"
23949 \begin_layout Section
23950 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23951 \begin_inset Index idx
23954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23961 \begin_inset Index idx
23964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23971 \begin_inset Index idx
23974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23975 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23984 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23987 \begin_inset space ~
23997 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
24003 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24004 Here is an example:
24005 \begin_inset Formula
24007 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24016 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24017 \begin_inset space ~
24021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24023 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24028 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24029 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24030 This alignment is set in the box
24035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24083 for every column as default.
24084 For example, the sequence
24085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24096 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24097 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24098 corresponds to the relevant column.
24099 The result will look like this:
24100 \begin_inset Formula
24103 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24104 column & has & has\, right\\
24105 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24114 \begin_layout Standard
24115 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24118 arg "newline-insert newline"
24121 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24122 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24124 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24127 or the math toolbar.
24130 \begin_layout Standard
24131 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24132 It can be created with the menu
24134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24135 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24137 \begin_inset space ~
24149 Here is an example:
24150 \begin_inset Formula
24164 \begin_layout Standard
24165 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24168 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24171 arg "newline-insert newline"
24175 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24180 arg "newline-insert newline"
24183 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24191 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24192 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24193 A new row is created by every further hit of
24196 arg "newline-insert newline"
24200 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24201 Here is an example:
24202 \begin_inset Formula
24204 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24205 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24210 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24211 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24212 \begin_inset Formula
24214 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24222 \begin_layout Standard
24223 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24230 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24231 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24234 reference "eq:asquared"
24239 The other types are described in section
24240 \begin_inset space ~
24244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24246 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24253 \begin_layout Section
24254 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24255 \begin_inset Index idx
24258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24259 Math ! Formula numbering
24265 \begin_inset Index idx
24268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24269 Math ! Referencing formulas
24275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24277 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24284 \begin_layout Standard
24285 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24288 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24290 \begin_inset space ~
24298 arg "math-number-toggle"
24302 The formula number appears in LyX as
24303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24310 within parentheses.
24312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24319 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24321 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24322 the document class.
24323 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24324 separated by a dot:
24325 \begin_inset Formula
24335 arg "math-number-toggle"
24338 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24339 You can only number displayed formulas.
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24343 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24346 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24348 \begin_inset space ~
24352 \begin_inset space ~
24356 \begin_inset space ~
24364 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24367 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24368 \begin_inset Formula
24371 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24377 To number all lines use the shortcut
24380 arg "math-number-toggle"
24386 \begin_layout Standard
24387 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24390 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24391 A label is inserted with the menu
24393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24396 when the cursor is in the formula.
24397 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24398 It is recommended to use the proposed
24399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24410 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24411 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24412 We inserted in the following example the label
24413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24420 in the second line:
24421 \begin_inset Formula
24423 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24424 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24429 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24430 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24440 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24444 \begin_inset space ~
24450 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24451 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24452 as the formula number:
24455 \begin_layout Standard
24456 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24459 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24466 \begin_layout Standard
24467 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24468 \begin_inset space ~
24472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24474 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24479 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24487 \begin_layout Section
24488 User defined math macros
24489 \begin_inset Index idx
24492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24503 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24504 Math macros are explained in section
24507 \begin_inset space ~
24519 \begin_layout Section
24523 \begin_layout Subsection
24525 \begin_inset Index idx
24528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24538 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24539 To set a font in a formula, use the
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24552 arg "math-insert \\font"
24557 , or enter its command, listed in table
24558 \begin_inset space ~
24562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24564 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24571 \begin_layout Standard
24572 \begin_inset Float table
24577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24578 \begin_inset Caption
24580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24583 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24587 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24597 \begin_inset Tabular
24598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24599 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24633 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24660 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24720 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24747 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24774 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24808 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24835 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24869 \begin_layout Standard
24870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24878 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24894 \begin_layout Standard
24895 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24896 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24901 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24902 space when you need a space in the box.
24903 Here is an example where
24904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24915 denotes the set of numbers:
24916 \begin_inset Formula
24918 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24926 \begin_layout Standard
24927 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24933 \begin_inset space \space{}
24945 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24949 \begin_inset Newline newline
24952 So it is better not to use this feature.
24955 \begin_layout Standard
24956 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24957 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24961 \begin_inset Newline newline
24964 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24970 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24971 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24984 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24991 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24993 \begin_inset space ~
25001 \begin_layout Subsection
25003 \begin_inset Index idx
25006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25015 \begin_layout Standard
25016 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25018 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25022 \begin_inset space ~
25026 \begin_inset space ~
25034 \begin_inset space ~
25044 arg "math-insert \\font"
25056 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25057 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25058 Here is an example:
25059 \begin_inset Formula
25062 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25063 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25072 \begin_layout Subsection
25074 \begin_inset Index idx
25077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25086 \begin_layout Standard
25087 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25088 automatically chosen in most situations.
25106 For most characters,
25114 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25115 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25120 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25121 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25123 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25128 arg "math-insert \\style"
25134 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25135 For example, you can set
25136 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25139 , which is normally in
25148 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25152 The four styles are used in the following example:
25155 \begin_layout Standard
25156 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25160 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25164 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25168 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25175 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25176 is set in a particular size with the menu
25178 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25180 \begin_inset space ~
25185 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25186 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25187 will be adjusted to correspond.
25188 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25203 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25209 \begin_layout Section
25213 \begin_layout Standard
25214 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25215 the document classes and into layout modules.
25216 \begin_inset Index idx
25219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25225 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25226 other than the AMS classes.
25228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25230 reference "sub:Modules"
25234 for more on layout modules.
25237 \begin_layout Section
25239 \begin_inset Index idx
25242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25249 \begin_inset Index idx
25252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25261 \begin_layout Standard
25262 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25263 (AMS) that are in common use.
25266 \begin_layout Subsection
25267 Enabling AMS-Support
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25271 Selecting the checkbox
25274 \begin_inset space ~
25278 \begin_inset space ~
25282 \begin_inset space ~
25289 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25293 \begin_inset Index idx
25296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25297 Document ! Settings
25305 \begin_inset space ~
25310 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25311 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25312 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25315 \begin_layout Subsection
25317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25319 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25324 \begin_inset Index idx
25327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25328 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25336 \begin_layout Standard
25337 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25338 LyX allows you to choose between
25359 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25362 \begin_layout Chapter
25366 \begin_layout Section
25368 \begin_inset Index idx
25371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25380 name "sec:Cross-References"
25387 \begin_layout Standard
25388 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25389 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25391 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25392 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25393 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25396 \begin_layout Enumerate
25400 \begin_layout Enumerate
25401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25403 name "enu:Second-item"
25410 \begin_layout Enumerate
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25415 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25420 or by pressing the toolbar button
25427 A gray label box like this:
25428 \begin_inset Graphics
25429 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25434 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25435 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25470 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25475 \begin_inset space \space{}
25478 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25500 or the toolbar button
25503 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25507 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25508 \begin_inset Graphics
25509 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25514 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25516 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25529 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25533 \begin_layout Standard
25536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25539 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25544 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25545 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25547 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25561 \begin_inset space ~
25565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25567 reference "enu:Second-item"
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25575 It is recommended to use a protected space
25579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 described in section
25581 \begin_inset space ~
25585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25587 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25596 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25597 line breaks between them.
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25601 There are six formats of cross-references:
25604 \begin_layout Description
25605 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25608 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25615 \begin_layout Description
25616 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25617 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25629 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25636 \begin_layout Description
25637 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25638 \begin_inset space ~
25642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25643 LatexCommand pageref
25644 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25651 \begin_layout Description
25653 \begin_inset space ~
25657 \begin_inset space ~
25660 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25662 LatexCommand vpageref
25663 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25670 \begin_layout Description
25672 \begin_inset space ~
25676 \begin_inset space ~
25680 \begin_inset space ~
25683 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25686 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25693 \begin_layout Description
25695 \begin_inset space ~
25698 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25699 \begin_inset Newline newline
25703 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25711 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25720 \begin_inset Index idx
25723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25724 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25730 \begin_inset Index idx
25733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25734 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25745 \begin_inset Newline newline
25748 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25751 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25756 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25764 is the default and preferred because
25768 supports only English documents.
25769 The format is specified by using the command
25781 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25782 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25795 ) can be done with this command
25796 \begin_inset Newline newline
25803 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25808 \begin_inset Newline newline
25811 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25813 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25815 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25822 \begin_layout Description
25824 \begin_inset space ~
25827 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25829 LatexCommand nameref
25830 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25842 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25849 \begin_inset space \space{}
25853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25867 <reference> on page <page>
25869 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25872 \begin_layout Standard
25873 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25874 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25875 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25879 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25883 \begin_layout Standard
25884 You can only use the style
25888 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25892 is always possible.
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25896 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25897 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25899 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25906 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25913 \begin_layout Standard
25914 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25918 \begin_inset space ~
25922 \begin_inset space ~
25927 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25928 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25931 \begin_inset space ~
25936 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25937 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25940 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25947 You can change labels at any time.
25948 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25949 do not need to think about this.
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25954 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25958 References are described in detail in sec.
25959 \begin_inset space ~
25963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25973 \begin_inset space ~
25981 \begin_layout Section
25982 Table of Contents and other Listings
25983 \begin_inset Index idx
25986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25993 \begin_inset Index idx
25996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26012 \begin_layout Subsection
26014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26016 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26024 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26027 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26029 \begin_inset space ~
26033 \begin_inset space ~
26039 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26040 If you click on it, the
26044 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26045 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26046 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26048 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26051 that is described in sec.
26052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26058 reference "sec:Navigating"
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26066 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26067 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26069 \begin_inset space ~
26073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26075 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26079 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26081 \begin_inset space ~
26085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26087 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26091 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26093 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26096 \begin_layout Subsection
26097 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26100 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26108 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26109 You can insert them via the
26111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26113 \begin_inset space ~
26117 \begin_inset space ~
26123 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26126 \begin_layout Section
26127 URLs and Hyperlinks
26128 \begin_inset Index idx
26131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26138 \begin_inset Index idx
26141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26150 \begin_layout Subsection
26152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26161 \begin_layout Standard
26162 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26170 \begin_layout Standard
26171 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26172 \begin_inset Flex URL
26175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26186 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26192 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26205 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26213 \begin_layout Subsection
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26217 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26230 or with the toolbar button
26237 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26246 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26247 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26248 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26250 name "LyX's homepage"
26251 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26255 , an Email address like this:
26256 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26258 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26259 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26264 , or a link to a file.
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26268 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26281 to the link target.
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26285 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26286 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26287 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26288 the text style dialog.
26289 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26293 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26295 name "LyX's homepage"
26296 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26303 \begin_layout Standard
26304 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26308 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26310 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26311 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26315 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26317 \begin_inset Newline newline
26325 \begin_inset Newline newline
26332 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26335 \begin_layout Section
26337 \begin_inset Index idx
26340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26349 name "sec:Appendices"
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26357 Appendices are created with the menu
26359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26361 \begin_inset space ~
26365 \begin_inset space ~
26371 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26372 as the appendix region.
26373 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26378 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26379 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26380 and the subsection number.
26381 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26387 \begin_inset space ~
26391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26393 reference "chap:Credits"
26398 \begin_inset space ~
26402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26404 reference "sub:Export"
26411 \begin_layout Section
26413 \begin_inset Index idx
26416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26425 name "sec:Bibliography"
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26433 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26434 You can include a bibliography database,
26438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26439 Known under the name
26440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26452 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26453 manually, using the paragraph environment
26457 , which was described in section
26458 \begin_inset space ~
26462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26464 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26469 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26470 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26474 use a bibliography database.
26477 \begin_layout Subsection
26478 The Bibliography Environment
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26486 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26488 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26497 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26499 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26508 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26511 \begin_layout Standard
26512 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26517 or the toolbar button
26520 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26524 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26525 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26526 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26527 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26532 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26533 entry with surrounding brackets.
26538 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26539 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26554 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26557 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26559 key "latexcompanion"
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26567 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26568 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26577 \begin_layout Subsection
26578 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26579 \begin_inset Index idx
26582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26583 Bibliography ! Databases
26589 \begin_inset Index idx
26592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26593 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26601 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26608 \begin_layout Standard
26609 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26615 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26617 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26618 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26623 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26625 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26626 your working field in a database.
26627 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26628 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26629 list for that document.
26630 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26634 \begin_layout Standard
26635 The database is a text file with the file extension
26636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26647 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26648 The format is explained in
26649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26655 and in LaTeX books (
26656 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26658 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26663 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26664 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26665 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26666 \begin_inset Flex URL
26669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26671 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26679 \begin_layout Standard
26680 To use a database, use the menu
26682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26687 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26700 \begin_inset space ~
26706 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26707 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26710 Add bibliography to TOC
26712 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26717 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26718 in the document or just the cited references.
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26722 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26734 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26735 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26736 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26738 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26744 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26745 \begin_inset Newline newline
26749 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26751 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26764 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26767 \begin_layout Standard
26768 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26769 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26770 either in the document settings under
26774 or in LyX's preferences under
26776 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26791 The following variants are possible:
26794 \begin_layout Description
26795 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26796 other bibliography packages (like e.
26797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26801 \begin_inset space ~
26808 ), only with the package
26812 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26816 \begin_layout Description
26817 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26818 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26819 with all bibliography packages, except of
26824 \begin_layout Description
26825 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26830 , works with all bibliography packages
26833 \begin_layout Standard
26834 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26836 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26842 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26851 \begin_layout Standard
26852 When you select the option
26854 Sectioned bibliography
26858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26861 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26862 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26864 Customizing Bibliographies
26872 Additional Features
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26878 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26879 the two methods of creating them.
26880 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26881 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26882 We used the style file
26886 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26889 \begin_layout Subsection
26890 Bibliography layout
26891 \begin_inset Index idx
26894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26895 Bibliography ! Layout
26903 \begin_layout Standard
26904 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26905 For this feature you need to enable the option
26911 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26915 \begin_inset Index idx
26918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26919 Document ! Settings
26929 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26930 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26931 in the previous section.
26934 \begin_layout Standard
26935 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26936 the citation reference window.
26937 Here is an example where the text
26938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26942 \begin_inset space ~
26946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26949 appears after the reference:
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26954 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26957 key "latexcompanion"
26964 \begin_layout Section
26966 \begin_inset Index idx
26969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26986 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26990 \begin_inset space ~
26995 or the toolbar button
27002 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27003 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27004 by LyX as the index entry.
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27008 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27012 \begin_inset space ~
27016 \begin_inset space ~
27019 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27021 \begin_inset space ~
27027 A light blue box labeled
27028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27039 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27040 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27044 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27045 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27049 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27056 \begin_layout Subsection
27057 Grouping Index Entries
27058 \begin_inset Index idx
27061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27071 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27073 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27074 lists under the entry
27075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27083 First we create the entry
27084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27092 \begin_inset space ~
27096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27098 reference "sub:Lists"
27103 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27104 \begin_inset space ~
27108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27110 reference "sec:Itemize"
27114 , we insert the command
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27134 for the enumerated list in section
27135 \begin_inset space ~
27139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27141 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27149 The exclamation mark
27150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27157 marks the grouping levels.
27158 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27159 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27160 If we don't have an index entry for
27161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27168 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27171 \begin_layout Subsection
27173 \begin_inset Index idx
27176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27177 Index ! Page ranges
27185 \begin_layout Standard
27186 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27188 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27194 \begin_inset space \space{}
27197 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27199 \begin_inset space ~
27203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27205 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27212 \begin_layout Standard
27215 Paragraph environments|(
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27219 and another entry at the end of section
27220 \begin_inset space ~
27224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27226 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27236 Paragraph environments|)
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27264 respectively start and end the index range.
27265 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27266 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27267 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27268 An example is the index entry
27269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27272 Document ! Settings
27273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27279 \begin_layout Subsection
27281 \begin_inset Index idx
27284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27285 Index ! Cross referencing
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27294 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27295 We referred for example in the index entry
27296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27304 \begin_inset space ~
27308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27310 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27314 ) to the index entry
27315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27322 in the same section using the entry
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27328 GIF|see{Image formats}
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27332 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27333 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27334 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27337 \begin_layout Subsection
27339 \begin_inset Index idx
27342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27343 Index ! Entry order
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27353 follow the rules for the index order.
27354 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27359 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27361 \begin_inset space ~
27365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27367 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27376 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27377 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27402 \begin_inset Index idx
27405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27406 Dummy entries ! maïs
27412 \begin_inset Index idx
27415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27416 Dummy entries ! maître
27422 \begin_inset Index idx
27425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27426 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27431 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27432 maïs, maison, maître.
27433 To achieve this, we use the command
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27439 previous entry@current entry
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27443 In our case we want to have
27444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27459 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27470 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27471 See the next subsection for an example.
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27487 to generate the index (see sec.
27488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27494 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27503 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27511 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27515 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27516 index commands start with
27517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27529 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27534 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27549 \begin_layout Standard
27561 \begin_layout Subsection
27563 \begin_inset Index idx
27566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27567 Index ! Entry layout
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27576 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27577 \begin_inset Index idx
27580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27583 This is an italic dummy entry
27588 You can also format the page number using the character
27589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27596 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27597 We can write for example
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27603 italic page number:|textit
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27607 to get the page number in italic.
27608 \begin_inset Index idx
27611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27612 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27617 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27635 \begin_inset space ~
27641 Have a look at section
27642 \begin_inset space ~
27646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27648 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27652 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27656 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27664 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27668 to generate the index, see sec.
27669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27675 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27684 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27689 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27693 key "latexcompanion"
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27706 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27708 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27709 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27710 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27711 If so, put the following in the preamble
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 in the index entry.
27738 \begin_inset Index idx
27741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27742 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27747 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27748 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27749 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27753 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27759 \begin_inset space \space{}
27762 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27763 for all index entries.
27764 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27776 documentation for details,
27777 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27779 key "makeindex,xindy"
27786 \begin_layout Subsection
27788 \begin_inset Index idx
27791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27800 name "sub:Index-Program"
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27808 If the index entry program
27812 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27816 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27825 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27826 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27827 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27828 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27829 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27839 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27840 dialog, see section
27841 \begin_inset space ~
27845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27847 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27852 The available options are listed and explained in
27853 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27855 key "makeindex,xindy"
27860 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27865 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27866 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27870 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27874 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27875 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27878 \begin_layout Subsection
27882 \begin_layout Standard
27883 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27884 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27892 next to the standard index.
27893 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27894 packages that add this feature.
27900 \begin_inset Index idx
27903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27904 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27909 package to generate multiple indexes.
27910 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27911 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27912 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27919 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27920 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27921 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27924 \begin_layout Standard
27925 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27927 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27928 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27935 Use multiple Indexes
27936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27940 Note that the list of
27941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27948 below already contains the standard index.
27949 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27950 also appear as a heading) to the
27951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27958 input field and press the
27959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27967 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27968 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27969 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27973 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27979 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
27980 different indexes in the LyX work area.
27983 \begin_layout Standard
27984 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27989 \begin_inset space ~
27993 \begin_inset space ~
28002 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28003 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28004 are some additional features:
28007 \begin_layout Itemize
28008 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28009 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28012 \begin_layout Itemize
28013 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28014 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28023 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28028 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28029 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28030 to the non-subindexes.
28033 \begin_layout Section
28034 Nomenclature / Glossary
28035 \begin_inset Index idx
28038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28045 \begin_inset Index idx
28048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28079 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28087 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28088 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28092 \begin_layout Standard
28093 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28098 \begin_inset Index idx
28101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28102 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28108 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28109 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28115 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28120 and then use the menu
28122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28128 \begin_inset space ~
28133 or the toolbar button
28136 arg "nomencl-insert"
28141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28152 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28155 \begin_layout Standard
28156 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28157 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28158 The second is the description of the symbol.
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28170 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28178 \begin_layout Subsection
28179 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28180 \begin_inset Index idx
28183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28184 Nomenclature ! Layout
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28193 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28197 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28203 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28211 \begin_inset Newline newline
28219 \begin_inset Newline newline
28225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28232 character starts/ends the formula.
28233 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28245 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28256 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28257 \begin_inset space ~
28261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28263 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28274 \begin_inset space ~
28279 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28280 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28285 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28292 in this document is:
28293 \begin_inset Newline newline
28298 dummy entry for the character
28303 \begin_inset Newline newline
28315 \begin_inset space ~
28325 font use the command
28354 \begin_layout Subsection
28355 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28356 \begin_inset Index idx
28359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28360 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28368 \begin_layout Standard
28369 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28370 the symbol definition.
28371 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28372 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28375 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28376 LatexCommand nomenclature
28378 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28385 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28389 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28390 LatexCommand nomenclature
28393 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28398 They will be sorted by
28399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28428 will be sorted before the
28432 since the character
28433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28440 is considered in sorting.
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28444 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28447 \begin_inset space ~
28452 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28453 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28455 For the example given, you can insert
28459 in this field for the
28460 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28467 will be located before
28468 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28474 \begin_layout Standard
28475 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28480 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28489 \begin_layout Subsection
28490 Nomenclature Options
28491 \begin_inset Index idx
28494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28495 Nomenclature ! Options
28503 \begin_layout Standard
28508 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28509 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28512 \begin_layout Description
28513 refeq Appends the phrase
28514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28529 to every nomenclature entry, where
28535 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28538 \begin_layout Description
28539 refpage Appends the phrase
28540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28555 to every nomenclature entry, where
28561 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28564 \begin_layout Description
28565 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28569 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28570 class options list in the
28572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28576 In this document the options
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28584 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28591 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28592 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28597 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28600 \begin_layout Description
28610 \begin_layout Description
28613 nomrefpage Like the
28620 \begin_layout Description
28623 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28632 \begin_layout Description
28636 \begin_inset space ~
28642 \begin_inset space ~
28647 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28659 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28660 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28671 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28674 \begin_inset Newline newline
28681 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28686 \begin_inset Newline newline
28690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28705 by their translation.
28708 \begin_layout Subsection
28709 Printing the Nomenclature
28710 \begin_inset Index idx
28713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28714 Nomenclature ! Printing
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28727 \begin_inset space ~
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28734 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28750 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28751 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28752 You can choose between these settings:
28755 \begin_layout Description
28756 Default a space of 1
28757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28763 \begin_layout Description
28765 \begin_inset space ~
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28772 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28775 \begin_layout Description
28776 Custom custom space
28779 \begin_layout Standard
28780 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28789 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28797 For example, in order to change the name to
28801 , add the following line to the preamble:
28804 \begin_layout Standard
28812 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28815 \begin_layout Subsection
28816 Nomenclature Program
28817 \begin_inset Index idx
28820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 Nomenclature ! Program
28827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28829 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28837 LyX uses the program
28841 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28842 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28847 by adding options, see section
28848 \begin_inset space ~
28852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28854 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28859 The available options are listed and explained in
28860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28862 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28869 \begin_layout Section
28871 \begin_inset Index idx
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 \begin_inset Index idx
28884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28885 Document ! Branches
28891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28893 name "sec:Branches"
28900 \begin_layout Standard
28901 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28902 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28903 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28904 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28908 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28909 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28910 To create a branch, either select the menu
28912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28913 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28916 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28925 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28926 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28927 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28928 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28929 (see below for an example).
28930 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28931 to the name of the other) and to add
28932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28944 \begin_inset space ~
28947 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28948 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28952 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28953 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28958 where you can choose a branch.
28959 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28964 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28965 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28968 \begin_layout Standard
28969 \begin_inset Branch Question
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28981 \begin_layout Standard
28982 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28986 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28994 \begin_layout Standard
29001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29002 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29005 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29006 Consider for example a file
29007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29014 which has the above branches.
29016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29023 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29047 branch were inactive,
29048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29063 branch was active, likewise
29064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29079 branch was active, and
29080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29083 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29087 if both branches were active.
29088 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29093 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29099 \begin_layout Standard
29100 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29101 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29103 For example you can define for the question branch
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29109 \begin_inset space ~
29113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29115 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29127 \begin_layout Standard
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 and for the answer branch
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29161 \begin_layout Standard
29171 \begin_layout Standard
29172 \begin_inset Branch Question
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29208 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29243 \begin_layout Standard
29244 Now it is possible to use the commands
29248 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29255 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29258 to obtain conditional output.
29259 Here is an example formula where only the
29266 \begin_inset Formula
29268 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29277 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29285 \begin_layout Section
29287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29289 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29294 \begin_inset Index idx
29297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29306 \begin_layout Standard
29311 dialog allows you in the
29315 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29316 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29321 \begin_inset Index idx
29324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29325 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29333 \begin_layout Standard
29338 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29339 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29340 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29342 You can specify in the dialog tab
29346 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29348 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29349 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29358 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29359 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29360 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29362 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29363 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29365 \begin_inset space ~
29368 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29369 \begin_inset space ~
29372 1 will only display the sections.
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29376 The header information in the dialog tab
29380 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29381 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29386 \begin_inset space \space{}
29389 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29390 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29393 Automatic fill header
29395 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29396 title and author settings.
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29402 Load in fullscreen mode
29404 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29407 \begin_layout Standard
29408 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29409 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29415 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29416 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29425 \begin_layout Section
29426 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29429 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29436 \begin_layout Subsection
29438 \begin_inset Index idx
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29450 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29458 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29459 constructs, but not all.
29460 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29461 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29462 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29463 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29464 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29469 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29471 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29475 \begin_inset space ~
29480 or by the toolbar button
29493 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29501 \begin_layout Standard
29502 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29503 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29504 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29505 using the LaTeX-command
29511 , you can write the command part
29517 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29521 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29522 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29523 the following example:
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29527 \begin_inset Graphics
29528 filename clipart/ERT.png
29536 \begin_layout Standard
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29541 This is a line with a
29545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 \begin_layout Standard
29569 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29577 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29578 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29586 \begin_layout Subsection
29587 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29588 \begin_inset Argument
29591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 \begin_inset Index idx
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29610 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29618 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29619 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29620 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29629 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29630 any time if you know the right commands.
29632 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29636 \begin_inset space \space{}
29639 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29641 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29642 all caption labels bold.
29643 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29645 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29649 \begin_layout Standard
29650 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29651 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29652 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29664 As result you find that the package
29669 \begin_inset Index idx
29672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29679 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29692 usepackage[options]{package name}
29695 \begin_layout Standard
29696 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29697 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29698 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29702 In your case the package name is
29707 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29712 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29713 So you add the command
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29721 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29724 \begin_layout Standard
29725 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 For more commands provided by the
29734 package, have a look at its documentation,
29735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29749 \begin_layout Standard
29750 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29752 For example if you use a
29756 class, you don't need the package
29760 , you can instead write
29763 \begin_layout Standard
29768 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29773 \begin_layout Standard
29774 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29775 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29776 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29783 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29786 \begin_layout Standard
29787 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29788 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29790 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29791 the previous section.
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29795 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29797 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29799 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29806 \begin_layout Standard
29807 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 \begin_inset Note Note
29830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29839 \begin_layout Left Header
29840 \begin_inset Argument
29843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29863 \begin_inset Note Note
29866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 defines the header line as described below
29875 \begin_layout Center Header
29876 \begin_inset Argument
29879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29888 \begin_layout Right Header
29889 \begin_inset Argument
29892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 \begin_layout Left Footer
29914 \begin_inset Argument
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 \begin_layout Center Footer
29939 \begin_inset Argument
29942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 \begin_inset Newline newline
29957 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29963 \begin_layout Right Footer
29964 \begin_inset Argument
29967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 \begin_layout Section
29990 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29993 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29998 \begin_inset Index idx
30001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 Document ! Header/Footer line
30008 \begin_inset Index idx
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30020 \begin_layout Standard
30021 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30022 to set the headings style to
30028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30034 \begin_inset space ~
30040 As a second step add in the menu
30042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30043 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30050 Custom Header/Footerlines
30051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30055 This module offers the following 6
30056 \begin_inset space ~
30062 \begin_layout Description
30064 \begin_inset space ~
30068 \begin_inset space ~
30072 \begin_inset space ~
30076 \begin_inset space ~
30080 \begin_inset space ~
30086 \begin_layout Description
30088 \begin_inset space ~
30092 \begin_inset space ~
30096 \begin_inset space ~
30100 \begin_inset space ~
30104 \begin_inset space ~
30110 \begin_layout Standard
30111 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30114 \begin_layout Standard
30115 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30116 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30118 \begin_inset space ~
30122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30124 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30128 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30131 \begin_layout Standard
30132 \begin_inset Float figure
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 \begin_inset Tabular
30142 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30143 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30144 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30146 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30148 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 The normal text on the page goes here.
30211 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30213 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30214 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30219 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30286 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30304 \begin_inset Caption
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30309 name "fig:Page-layout"
30313 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30326 \begin_layout Subsection
30330 \begin_layout Standard
30331 To define your header line, add all 3
30332 \begin_inset space ~
30336 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30337 the optional arguments on even pages.
30338 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30340 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30341 Defining the footer line works similar.
30344 \begin_layout Standard
30345 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30361 \begin_inset space ~
30369 \begin_layout Description
30372 thepage prints the current page number
30375 \begin_layout Description
30378 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30381 \begin_layout Description
30384 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30387 \begin_layout Description
30390 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30391 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30398 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30401 because it usually goes in a left header.
30404 \begin_layout Description
30407 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30408 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30410 It is normally used in the right header.
30413 \begin_layout Subsection
30414 Default header/footer
30417 \begin_layout Standard
30418 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30419 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30420 footer has the page number.
30421 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30422 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30423 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30426 \begin_inset space ~
30434 \begin_layout Subsection
30438 \begin_layout Standard
30439 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30440 Some pages are different.
30441 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30442 a new part or chapter in your book.
30443 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30444 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30445 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30449 Header and footer decoration line
30452 \begin_layout Standard
30453 By default, you get a 0.4
30454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30457 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30458 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30470 in the following scheme:
30473 \begin_layout Standard
30480 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30483 \begin_layout Standard
30484 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30493 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30500 \begin_layout Standard
30501 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30502 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30503 \begin_inset space ~
30507 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30517 Several header/footer lines
30520 \begin_layout Standard
30521 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30522 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30523 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30525 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30537 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30540 \begin_layout Standard
30547 headheight}{height}
30550 \begin_layout Standard
30551 Where height is a size in standard units.
30552 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30553 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30554 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30570 and look via the button
30573 \begin_inset space ~
30578 if you find a warning of the package
30583 \begin_inset Index idx
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30587 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30593 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30594 for your header/footer.
30597 \begin_layout Subsection
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30602 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30603 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30604 This example consists of the following definition:
30607 \begin_layout Description
30609 \begin_inset space ~
30618 , empty optional argument
30621 \begin_layout Description
30623 \begin_inset space ~
30626 Header empty, empty optional argument
30629 \begin_layout Description
30631 \begin_inset space ~
30640 in the optional argument
30643 \begin_layout Description
30645 \begin_inset space ~
30654 in the optional argument
30657 \begin_layout Description
30659 \begin_inset space ~
30671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30675 \begin_inset Newline newline
30679 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30686 in the optional argument
30689 \begin_layout Description
30691 \begin_inset space ~
30700 , empty optional argument
30703 \begin_layout Description
30706 headrulewidth set to 2
30707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30713 \begin_layout Standard
30714 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30715 For more special things like e.
30716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30720 \begin_inset space ~
30723 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30728 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30737 \begin_layout Standard
30738 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 pagestyle{headings}
30758 \begin_inset Note Note
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 switches back to page style with the default headings
30770 \begin_layout Section
30771 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30774 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30779 \begin_inset Index idx
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30789 \begin_inset Index idx
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30801 \begin_layout Standard
30802 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30803 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30804 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30807 \begin_layout Subsection
30811 \begin_layout Standard
30812 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30817 \begin_inset Index idx
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30826 (on some systems named simply
30831 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30833 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30839 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30840 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30848 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30849 automatically installed together with LyX.
30852 \begin_layout Subsection
30856 \begin_layout Standard
30857 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30858 LaTeX, activate the option
30861 \begin_inset space ~
30868 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30874 \begin_inset space ~
30878 \begin_inset space ~
30881 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30888 \begin_inset space ~
30901 \begin_inset space ~
30906 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30910 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30914 \begin_layout Standard
30915 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30924 generated by activating the option
30927 \begin_inset space ~
30933 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30941 \begin_layout Subsection
30942 Selected document parts
30945 \begin_layout Standard
30946 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30947 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30948 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30949 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30955 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30956 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30957 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30960 \begin_layout Standard
30961 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30967 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 is explained in section
30980 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30985 \begin_inset space ~
30995 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30996 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30998 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31000 Here is the result:
31003 \begin_layout Standard
31004 \begin_inset Preview
31006 \begin_layout Standard
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31021 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31031 height_special "totalheight"
31034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31065 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 \begin_layout Standard
31088 Previewing works also for colors.
31089 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 is explained in section
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31127 \begin_layout Standard
31128 \begin_inset Preview
31130 \begin_layout Standard
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31158 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31177 \begin_layout Standard
31178 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31184 \begin_layout Standard
31185 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31186 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31187 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31189 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31190 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31191 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31192 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31196 \begin_layout Subsection
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31201 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31204 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31206 \begin_inset space ~
31211 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31212 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31214 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31215 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31216 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31217 the source view window.
31220 \begin_layout Section
31221 Advanced Find and Replace
31222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31224 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31229 \begin_inset Index idx
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 \begin_inset Index idx
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 \begin_layout Subsection
31255 \begin_layout Standard
31256 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31257 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31258 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31259 The key-features are:
31262 \begin_layout Itemize
31263 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31264 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31265 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31269 \begin_layout Itemize
31270 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31271 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31272 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31273 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31276 \begin_layout Itemize
31277 Search may be widened to a specific
31282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31286 \begin_inset space ~
31289 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31290 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31297 \begin_layout Itemize
31298 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31299 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31304 \begin_inset space ~
31307 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31310 \begin_layout Subsection
31314 \begin_layout Standard
31315 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31317 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31330 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31333 ) or the toolbar button
31336 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31342 Advanced Find and Replace
31347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31351 \begin_layout Standard
31356 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31361 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31366 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31367 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31368 Pressing repeatedly
31372 keeps searching forward.
31373 Similarly, pressing
31377 searches for the entered text backwards.
31380 \begin_layout Standard
31381 While searching, the
31385 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31395 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31399 Searching for mathematics
31402 \begin_layout Standard
31403 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31407 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31408 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31411 or also something more complex like
31412 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31416 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31417 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31418 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31419 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31429 \begin_layout Standard
31430 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31431 This is done by switching to the
31435 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31440 This way, entering in the
31447 \begin_layout Itemize
31448 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31449 in emphasized or boldface.
31452 \begin_layout Itemize
31453 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31454 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31455 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31456 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31459 \begin_layout Itemize
31460 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31461 of if only within section headings.
31462 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31463 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31467 \begin_layout Itemize
31468 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31469 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31476 \begin_layout Standard
31477 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31481 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31489 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31493 button or alternatively
31515 \begin_layout Standard
31516 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31517 text segments in your document.
31518 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31522 \begin_layout Itemize
31523 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31524 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31532 with its typewriter version
31535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31545 \begin_layout Itemize
31546 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31552 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31564 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31571 (you may want to enable the
31579 options and disable the
31587 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31595 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31596 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31600 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31603 , or occurrences of
31604 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31608 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31614 \begin_layout Subsection
31618 \begin_layout Standard
31619 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31624 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31626 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31628 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31637 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31643 This is done via the menu
31645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31646 Insert Regular Expression
31648 while the cursor is in the
31653 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31654 expression matching rules
31658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31665 \begin_inset space ~
31668 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31669 to match expressions.
31674 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31675 same text in the document.
31676 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31677 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31680 \begin_layout Enumerate
31681 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31686 editor the fraction
31687 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31691 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31694 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31695 fractions with the given denominator.
31698 \begin_layout Enumerate
31699 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31711 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31716 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31717 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31719 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31722 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31723 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31726 \begin_layout Standard
31727 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31728 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31729 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31732 , and referring back to them through
31733 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31737 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31741 For example, try searching for the regexp
31742 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31745 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31748 \begin_layout Standard
31749 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31750 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31751 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31756 \begin_inset space ~
31760 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31763 always refers to the first occurrence of
31764 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31767 in all entered regexps.
31770 \begin_layout Standard
31771 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31775 \begin_layout Section
31777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31779 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31784 \begin_inset Index idx
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31800 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31807 or the toolbar button
31810 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31813 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31814 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31815 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31816 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31817 scrolled so that it is visible.
31818 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31819 n, if any could be found.
31820 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31824 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31825 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31828 \begin_layout Standard
31829 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31836 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31837 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31838 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31839 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31840 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31841 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31844 \begin_layout Subsection
31848 \begin_layout Standard
31849 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31852 \begin_inset space ~
31855 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31858 you can set the following things:
31861 \begin_layout Description
31863 \begin_inset space ~
31866 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31867 Depending on your platform,
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31883 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31898 \begin_layout Description
31900 \begin_inset space ~
31903 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31904 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31907 \begin_layout Description
31909 \begin_inset space ~
31912 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31914 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31918 \begin_inset space \space{}
31922 This should normally not be needed.
31925 \begin_layout Description
31927 \begin_inset space ~
31931 \begin_inset space ~
31934 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31946 \begin_layout Description
31948 \begin_inset space ~
31951 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31952 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31953 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31954 appear in the context menu.
31955 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31959 \begin_layout Description
31961 \begin_inset space ~
31965 \begin_inset space ~
31969 \begin_inset space ~
31972 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31976 \begin_layout Section
31978 \begin_inset Index idx
31981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31990 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31997 \begin_layout Standard
31998 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31999 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32009 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32011 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32020 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32021 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32022 are available for many languages.
32025 \begin_layout Standard
32026 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32030 \begin_layout Subsection
32031 Setting up the thesaurus
32034 \begin_layout Standard
32042 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32047 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32052 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32058 en_EN for English).
32059 For instance, the English files are named:
32062 \begin_layout Itemize
32066 \begin_layout Itemize
32070 \begin_layout Standard
32071 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32072 files should be already on your system.
32073 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32074 \begin_inset Flex URL
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32085 \begin_inset Flex URL
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32090 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32101 \begin_inset space ~
32105 \begin_inset Flex URL
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32115 are usually packed in extension archives (
32119 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32121 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32122 unpack a zip archive.
32135 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32136 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32138 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32139 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32143 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32146 \begin_layout Subsection
32147 Using the thesaurus
32150 \begin_layout Standard
32151 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32153 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32156 or the toolbar button
32159 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32162 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32164 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32166 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32167 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32168 and hyponyms (such as
32176 ), compounds (such as
32180 ) and antonyms (such as
32188 ), which are marked as such.
32191 \begin_layout Standard
32192 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32193 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32197 \begin_layout Standard
32198 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32199 the dictionary, such as the above
32203 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32208 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32209 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32210 For example looking up the word forms
32218 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32223 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32236 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32237 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32238 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32241 \begin_layout Section
32243 \begin_inset Index idx
32246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 \begin_inset Index idx
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 Document ! Change Tracking
32263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32265 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32272 \begin_layout Standard
32273 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32274 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32275 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32276 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32280 \begin_inset space ~
32283 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32285 \begin_inset space ~
32293 \begin_layout Standard
32294 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32308 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32309 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32312 \begin_inset space ~
32316 \begin_inset space ~
32326 \begin_inset Index idx
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 Color ! Change tracking
32335 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32336 the cursor is in changed text.
32337 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32340 arg "changes-merge"
32346 \begin_layout Standard
32347 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32348 \begin_inset Index idx
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32360 \begin_layout Standard
32361 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32367 \begin_layout Standard
32368 \begin_inset Graphics
32369 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32377 \begin_layout Standard
32378 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32384 \begin_layout Standard
32385 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32389 \begin_layout Standard
32390 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32396 \begin_layout Standard
32397 \begin_inset Tabular
32398 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32399 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32400 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32401 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 arg "changes-track"
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32427 \begin_inset space ~
32430 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32432 \begin_inset space ~
32441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 arg "changes-output"
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32466 \begin_inset space ~
32469 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32471 \begin_inset space ~
32475 \begin_inset space ~
32479 \begin_inset space ~
32488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 Jumps to the next change
32515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32524 arg "change-accept"
32532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32540 \begin_inset space ~
32543 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32545 \begin_inset space ~
32554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 arg "change-reject"
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32579 \begin_inset space ~
32582 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32584 \begin_inset space ~
32593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32602 arg "changes-merge"
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32618 \begin_inset space ~
32621 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32623 \begin_inset space ~
32632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 arg "all-changes-accept"
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32657 \begin_inset space ~
32660 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32662 \begin_inset space ~
32666 \begin_inset space ~
32675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 arg "all-changes-reject"
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32700 \begin_inset space ~
32703 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32705 \begin_inset space ~
32709 \begin_inset space ~
32718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32741 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32742 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32744 \begin_inset space ~
32753 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32776 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32778 \begin_inset space ~
32794 \begin_layout Standard
32795 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32801 \begin_layout Standard
32802 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32803 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32804 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32805 the next change after the current cursor position.
32806 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32807 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32808 step to the next change.
32809 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32812 \begin_layout Standard
32813 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32814 to describe a change.
32817 \begin_layout Standard
32818 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32823 \begin_inset Index idx
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32827 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32833 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32834 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32840 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32843 \begin_layout Section
32844 Comparison of Documents
32845 \begin_inset Index idx
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 Comparison of documents
32857 \begin_layout Standard
32858 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32860 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32864 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32866 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32867 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32871 \begin_inset space ~
32875 \begin_inset space ~
32879 \begin_inset space ~
32888 \begin_inset space ~
32892 \begin_inset space ~
32896 \begin_inset space ~
32900 \begin_inset space ~
32904 \begin_inset space ~
32908 \begin_inset space ~
32913 enables the change tracking option
32916 \begin_inset space ~
32920 \begin_inset space ~
32924 \begin_inset space ~
32929 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32932 \begin_layout Section
32933 International Support
32934 \begin_inset Index idx
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 International support
32946 \begin_layout Standard
32947 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32948 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32949 how to set up LyX to use them:
32950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32952 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32959 \begin_layout Standard
32960 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32961 \begin_inset space ~
32965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32967 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32974 \begin_layout Subsection
32976 \begin_inset Index idx
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 \begin_inset Index idx
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 Document ! Settings
32996 \begin_inset Index idx
32999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 Document ! Language
33008 \begin_layout Standard
33011 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33014 dialog lets you set
33016 the language and character encoding for your language.
33020 \begin_layout Standard
33021 Choose your language in the
33025 section of this dialog.
33033 \begin_layout Standard
33038 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33043 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33044 For details about the different encoding options see section
33045 \begin_inset space ~
33049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33051 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33058 \begin_layout Subsection
33059 Keyboard mapping configuration
33060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33062 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33069 \begin_layout Standard
33070 If you have for example a U.
33071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33074 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33075 can use an alternate keymap.
33076 For example, if you have a U.
33077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33080 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33081 use an Italian keymap.
33082 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33084 \begin_inset space ~
33088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33090 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33095 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33096 which one you want to use.
33099 \begin_layout Standard
33100 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33101 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33102 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33103 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33104 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33105 one to support the characters you want.
33106 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33113 \begin_layout Subsection
33117 \begin_layout Standard
33119 \begin_inset space ~
33123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33125 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33134 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33138 \begin_layout Standard
33139 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33140 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33148 \begin_layout Itemize
33149 Even if you have selected
33155 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33158 dialog, users who have only the
33162 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33166 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33167 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33168 french quotes will not show up.
33171 \begin_layout Standard
33172 \begin_inset Float table
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 \begin_inset Caption
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33183 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 \begin_inset Tabular
33202 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33203 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33217 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33218 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33219 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33220 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37633 \begin_layout Standard
37634 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37636 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37637 also the characters from
37649 \begin_layout Itemize
37658 \begin_layout Standard
37659 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37666 \begin_layout Standard
37667 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37668 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37674 \begin_layout Standard
37675 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37682 \begin_layout Standard
37683 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37690 \begin_layout Standard
37692 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37698 \begin_layout Standard
37700 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37706 \begin_layout Standard
37708 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37715 \begin_layout Itemize
37728 \begin_layout Standard
37730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37738 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37744 \begin_layout Standard
37746 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37752 \begin_layout Standard
37754 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37760 \begin_layout Standard
37762 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37768 \begin_layout Standard
37770 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37777 \begin_layout Standard
37778 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37779 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37780 Also make sure you're using the
37787 \begin_layout Chapter
37790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37792 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37800 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37801 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37802 topic inside the user's guide.
37805 \begin_layout Section
37807 \begin_inset Index idx
37810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37819 \begin_layout Standard
37824 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37827 \begin_layout Subsection
37831 \begin_layout Standard
37832 Creates a new document.
37835 \begin_layout Subsection
37839 \begin_layout Standard
37840 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37841 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37842 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37845 \begin_layout Subsection
37849 \begin_layout Standard
37853 \begin_layout Subsection
37857 \begin_layout Standard
37858 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37859 Click there on a file to open it.
37862 \begin_layout Subsection
37866 \begin_layout Standard
37867 Closes the current document.
37870 \begin_layout Subsection
37874 \begin_layout Standard
37875 Closes all opened documents.
37878 \begin_layout Subsection
37882 \begin_layout Standard
37883 Saves the actual document.
37886 \begin_layout Subsection
37890 \begin_layout Standard
37891 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37894 \begin_layout Subsection
37898 \begin_layout Standard
37899 Saves all opened documents.
37902 \begin_layout Subsection
37906 \begin_layout Standard
37907 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37910 \begin_layout Subsection
37914 \begin_layout Standard
37915 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37916 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37917 It is described in the section
37919 Version Control in LyX
37923 Additional Features
37928 \begin_layout Subsection
37932 \begin_layout Standard
37933 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37934 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37936 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37939 \begin_layout Standard
37940 When using the menu entry
37943 \begin_inset space ~
37948 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37952 \begin_inset space ~
37956 \begin_inset space ~
37961 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37962 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37965 \begin_layout Subsection
37967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37976 \begin_layout Standard
37977 You can export your document to various file formats.
37978 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37979 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37980 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
37983 \begin_layout Standard
37984 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37986 \begin_inset space ~
37990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37992 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37999 \begin_layout Description
38005 \begin_inset space ~
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 yX format of the special LyX
38020 \begin_inset space ~
38023 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38024 \begin_inset Newline newline
38027 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38030 \begin_layout Description
38031 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38037 \begin_layout Description
38039 \begin_inset space ~
38042 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38048 \begin_layout Description
38049 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38050 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38051 files paths or file names in your document.
38052 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38059 \begin_layout Description
38060 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38061 in files paths or file names
38064 \begin_layout Description
38066 \begin_inset space ~
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38080 eX) DVI-format using the program
38084 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38103 \begin_layout Description
38105 \begin_inset space ~
38108 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38112 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38117 \begin_layout Description
38118 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38122 \begin_layout Description
38124 \begin_inset space ~
38128 \begin_inset space ~
38131 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38135 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38143 \begin_layout Description
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 \begin_inset space ~
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38187 \begin_layout Description
38194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_inset space ~
38207 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38208 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38212 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38215 \begin_layout Description
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38230 \begin_inset space ~
38235 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38236 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38244 \begin_layout Description
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 \begin_inset space ~
38270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38283 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38288 \begin_layout Description
38290 \begin_inset space ~
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38312 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38313 music notation software
38318 \begin_layout Description
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 \begin_inset space ~
38339 \begin_inset space ~
38342 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38343 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38344 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38347 \begin_layout Description
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 \begin_inset space ~
38367 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38383 represent the version number)
38386 \begin_layout Description
38393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38405 \begin_layout Description
38406 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38411 \begin_layout Description
38412 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38414 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38417 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38421 \begin_layout Description
38425 \begin_inset space ~
38430 PDF-format using the program
38434 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38437 \begin_layout Description
38441 \begin_inset space ~
38448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38457 PDF-format using the program
38461 , produces PDF-files directly
38464 \begin_layout Description
38468 \begin_inset space ~
38473 PDF-format using the program
38477 , produces PDF-files directly
38480 \begin_layout Description
38484 \begin_inset space ~
38489 PDF-format using the program
38493 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38496 \begin_layout Description
38500 \begin_inset space ~
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38516 PDF-format using the program
38520 , produces PDF-files directly
38523 \begin_layout Description
38527 \begin_inset space ~
38535 \begin_layout Description
38539 \begin_inset space ~
38543 \begin_inset space ~
38548 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38549 and then exported as text using the program
38554 \begin_layout Description
38559 PostScript format using the program
38564 \begin_layout Description
38565 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38566 programming language
38579 it is possible to use
38586 \begin_layout Standard
38587 If one of the menu entries
38594 \begin_inset space ~
38603 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38604 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38605 \begin_inset space ~
38609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38611 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38616 \begin_inset Index idx
38619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38620 Reconfiguration of LyX
38628 \begin_layout Subsection
38632 \begin_layout Standard
38633 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38634 format or send it to a printer.
38635 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38636 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38642 For more information have a look at section
38643 \begin_inset space ~
38647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38649 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38656 \begin_layout Subsection
38660 \begin_layout Standard
38661 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38662 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38663 prefix, see section
38664 \begin_inset space ~
38668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38670 reference "sec:Paths"
38675 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38684 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38685 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38686 \begin_inset space ~
38690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38692 reference "sub:Converters"
38699 \begin_layout Subsection
38700 New and Close Window
38703 \begin_layout Standard
38704 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38707 \begin_layout Subsection
38711 \begin_layout Standard
38712 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38715 \begin_layout Section
38717 \begin_inset Index idx
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 \begin_layout Subsection
38733 \begin_layout Standard
38734 Described in section
38735 \begin_inset space ~
38739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38741 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38748 \begin_layout Subsection
38749 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 Described in section
38754 \begin_inset space ~
38758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38760 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38767 \begin_layout Subsection
38771 \begin_layout Standard
38772 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38773 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38776 \begin_layout Subsection
38780 \begin_layout Standard
38781 Selects the whole document.
38784 \begin_layout Subsection
38785 Find & Replace (Quick)
38788 \begin_layout Standard
38789 Described in section
38790 \begin_inset space ~
38794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38796 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38803 \begin_layout Subsection
38804 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38807 \begin_layout Standard
38808 Described in section
38809 \begin_inset space ~
38813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38815 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38822 \begin_layout Subsection
38823 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38827 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38831 \begin_layout Subsection
38835 \begin_layout Standard
38836 Described in section
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38843 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38850 \begin_layout Subsection
38852 \begin_inset Index idx
38855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38856 Paragraph ! Settings
38864 \begin_layout Standard
38865 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38866 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38872 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38880 \begin_inset space ~
38888 \begin_layout Subsection
38889 Table Settings and Math
38892 \begin_layout Standard
38893 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38895 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38896 The properties of tables are described in section
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38903 reference "sec:Tables"
38907 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38914 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38921 \begin_layout Subsection
38922 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38925 \begin_layout Standard
38926 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38928 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38929 \begin_inset space ~
38933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38935 reference "sec:Nesting"
38940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38942 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38949 \begin_layout Section
38951 \begin_inset Index idx
38954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38963 \begin_layout Standard
38964 At the bottom of the
38968 menu the opened documents are listed.
38971 \begin_layout Subsection
38972 Open/Close all Insets
38975 \begin_layout Standard
38976 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38979 \begin_layout Subsection
38980 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38983 \begin_layout Standard
38984 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38987 \begin_layout Standard
38988 Math macros are described in the
38995 \begin_layout Subsection
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39000 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39008 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39015 \begin_layout Subsection
39019 \begin_layout Standard
39020 Opens a window showing console messages.
39021 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39025 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39026 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39029 \begin_layout Subsection
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39034 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39035 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39042 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39046 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39053 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39057 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39058 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39065 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39070 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39071 The default output format is
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39082 \begin_layout Subsection
39083 View (Other Formats)
39086 \begin_layout Standard
39087 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39088 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39089 actual document with an external program.
39090 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39091 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39092 All possible formats are listed in section
39093 \begin_inset space ~
39097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39099 reference "sub:Export"
39104 You should at least see the menu entry
39109 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39110 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39117 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39122 \begin_inset Index idx
39125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39126 Reconfiguration of LyX
39134 \begin_layout Standard
39135 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39136 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39143 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39148 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39151 \begin_layout Subsection
39155 \begin_layout Standard
39156 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39157 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39160 \begin_layout Subsection
39161 Update (Other Formats)
39164 \begin_layout Standard
39165 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39166 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39169 \begin_layout Subsection
39170 View Master Document
39173 \begin_layout Standard
39174 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39195 manual for more information on this topic).
39196 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39197 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39202 generates the output of the whole book, while
39206 will just output the chapter alone.
39209 \begin_layout Standard
39210 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39211 in the preferences (see sec.
39212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39218 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39222 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39229 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39236 \begin_layout Subsection
39237 Update Master Document
39240 \begin_layout Standard
39241 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39257 \begin_inset space ~
39262 manual for more information on this topic).
39263 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39264 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39267 \begin_layout Standard
39268 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39269 in the preferences (see sec.
39270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39276 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39280 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39287 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39294 \begin_layout Subsection
39298 \begin_layout Standard
39299 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39300 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39301 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39302 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39303 or more documents at the same time.
39304 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39311 \begin_layout Subsection
39315 \begin_layout Standard
39316 Closes a split view.
39319 \begin_layout Subsection
39323 \begin_layout Standard
39324 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39325 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39326 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39327 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39328 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39331 \begin_layout Subsection
39333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39335 name "sub:Toolbars"
39340 \begin_inset Index idx
39343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39352 \begin_layout Standard
39353 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39354 All toolbars and the
39357 \begin_inset space ~
39362 can be turned on and off.
39367 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39387 \begin_inset space ~
39396 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39400 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39407 \begin_layout Standard
39412 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39416 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39417 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39418 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39419 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39420 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39423 \begin_layout Standard
39424 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39431 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39438 \begin_layout Section
39440 \begin_inset Index idx
39443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39452 \begin_layout Subsection
39456 \begin_layout Standard
39457 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39458 \begin_inset space ~
39462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39464 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39475 \begin_layout Subsection
39477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39479 name "sub:Special-Character"
39486 \begin_layout Standard
39487 Here you can insert the following characters:
39490 \begin_layout Description
39491 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39492 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39493 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39494 \begin_inset Newline newline
39498 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39506 Not all characters will be visible in the
39510 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39518 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39522 ) can display every character.
39530 \begin_layout Description
39531 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39535 \begin_layout Description
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39544 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39545 \begin_inset space ~
39549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39551 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39558 \begin_layout Description
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39563 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39566 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39576 \begin_layout Description
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39581 Quote Inserts this quote:
39582 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39588 \begin_layout Description
39590 \begin_inset space ~
39593 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39597 \begin_layout Description
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39602 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39606 \begin_layout Description
39608 \begin_inset space ~
39611 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39615 \begin_layout Description
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39621 \begin_inset Index idx
39624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39631 \begin_inset Index idx
39634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39635 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39640 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39641 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39642 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39647 \begin_inset Index idx
39650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39657 \begin_inset Newline newline
39660 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39664 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39672 and this Wiki-page:
39673 \begin_inset Newline newline
39677 \begin_inset Flex URL
39680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39682 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39690 \begin_layout Subsection
39694 \begin_layout Standard
39695 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39698 \begin_layout Description
39699 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39700 \begin_inset script superscript
39702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39711 \begin_layout Description
39712 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39713 \begin_inset script subscript
39715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39724 \begin_layout Description
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39729 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39736 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39743 \begin_layout Description
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39748 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39755 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39762 \begin_layout Description
39764 \begin_inset space ~
39767 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39768 \begin_inset space ~
39772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39774 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39781 \begin_layout Description
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39786 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39793 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39800 \begin_layout Description
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39805 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39812 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39819 \begin_layout Description
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39824 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39831 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39838 \begin_layout Description
39839 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39846 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39853 \begin_layout Description
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39865 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39872 \begin_layout Description
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39877 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39884 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39891 \begin_layout Description
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39900 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39907 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39914 \begin_layout Description
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39919 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39920 text line to the page border, see section
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39927 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39934 \begin_layout Description
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39939 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39946 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39953 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39958 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39959 text page to the page border, described in section
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39966 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39973 \begin_layout Description
39975 \begin_inset space ~
39978 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39985 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39992 \begin_layout Description
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40001 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40008 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40015 \begin_layout Subsection
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40020 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40021 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40029 reference "sec:toc"
40034 The index list is described in section
40035 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40041 reference "sec:Index"
40045 , the nomenclature in section
40046 \begin_inset space ~
40050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40052 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40056 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40057 \begin_inset space ~
40061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40063 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40070 \begin_layout Subsection
40074 \begin_layout Standard
40075 To insert floats, described in section
40076 \begin_inset space ~
40080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40082 reference "sec:Floats"
40089 \begin_layout Subsection
40093 \begin_layout Standard
40094 To insert notes, described in section
40095 \begin_inset space ~
40099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40101 reference "sec:Notes"
40108 \begin_layout Subsection
40112 \begin_layout Standard
40113 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40114 \begin_inset space ~
40118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40120 reference "sec:Branches"
40127 \begin_layout Subsection
40131 \begin_layout Standard
40132 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40133 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40135 An example is the document class
40136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40143 with three custom insets.
40146 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40152 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40155 \begin_layout Subsection
40157 \begin_inset Index idx
40160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40169 \begin_layout Standard
40170 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40172 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40179 \begin_inset space ~
40187 \begin_layout Subsection
40189 \begin_inset Index idx
40192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40201 \begin_layout Standard
40202 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40203 \begin_inset space ~
40207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40209 reference "sec:Minipages"
40214 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_layout Subsection
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40234 Inserts a citation as described in section
40235 \begin_inset space ~
40239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40241 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40248 \begin_layout Subsection
40252 \begin_layout Standard
40253 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40254 \begin_inset space ~
40258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40260 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40267 \begin_layout Subsection
40271 \begin_layout Standard
40272 Inserts a label as described in section
40273 \begin_inset space ~
40277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40279 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40286 \begin_layout Subsection
40288 \begin_inset Index idx
40291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40298 \begin_inset Index idx
40301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40302 Longtables ! Caption
40310 \begin_layout Standard
40311 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40312 Floats are described in section
40313 \begin_inset space ~
40317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40319 reference "sec:Floats"
40323 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40338 \begin_layout Subsection
40342 \begin_layout Standard
40343 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40350 reference "sec:Index"
40357 \begin_layout Subsection
40361 \begin_layout Standard
40362 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40363 \begin_inset space ~
40367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40369 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40376 \begin_layout Subsection
40380 \begin_layout Standard
40382 Tables are described in section
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40389 reference "sec:Tables"
40396 \begin_layout Subsection
40400 \begin_layout Standard
40402 Graphics are described in section
40403 \begin_inset space ~
40407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40409 reference "sec:Graphics"
40416 \begin_layout Subsection
40420 \begin_layout Standard
40421 Inserts a URL as described in section
40422 \begin_inset space ~
40426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40428 reference "sub:URLs"
40435 \begin_layout Subsection
40439 \begin_layout Standard
40440 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40441 \begin_inset space ~
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40447 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40454 \begin_layout Subsection
40458 \begin_layout Standard
40459 Inserts a footnote, see section
40460 \begin_inset space ~
40464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40466 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40473 \begin_layout Subsection
40477 \begin_layout Standard
40478 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40479 \begin_inset space ~
40483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40485 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40492 \begin_layout Subsection
40496 \begin_layout Standard
40497 Inserts a short title, see section
40498 \begin_inset space ~
40502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40504 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40511 \begin_layout Subsection
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40523 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40530 \begin_layout Subsection
40532 \begin_inset Index idx
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40544 \begin_layout Standard
40545 Inserts a program listings box.
40546 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40548 Program Code Listings
40553 \begin_inset space ~
40561 \begin_layout Subsection
40565 \begin_layout Standard
40566 Inserts the actual date.
40567 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40569 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40577 \begin_inset space ~
40585 \begin_layout Subsection
40589 \begin_layout Standard
40590 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40591 \begin_inset space ~
40595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40597 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40604 \begin_layout Section
40606 \begin_inset Index idx
40609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40619 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40623 of the current document.
40624 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40627 \begin_layout Subsection
40631 \begin_layout Standard
40632 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40633 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40639 \begin_inset space \space{}
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40647 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40648 \begin_inset space ~
40651 2.5 and use the submenu
40654 \begin_inset space ~
40658 \begin_inset space ~
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40671 \begin_inset space ~
40675 \begin_inset space ~
40681 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40685 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40691 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40697 \begin_layout Standard
40698 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40699 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40702 \begin_layout Subsection
40703 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40706 \begin_layout Standard
40707 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40711 \begin_layout Subsection
40715 \begin_layout Standard
40716 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40717 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40718 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40722 \begin_inset space ~
40726 \begin_inset space ~
40734 \begin_layout Subsection
40738 \begin_layout Standard
40739 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40740 in the output, see section
40743 \begin_inset space ~
40751 \begin_inset space ~
40756 manual for a detailed description.
40759 \begin_layout Section
40761 \begin_inset Index idx
40764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40773 \begin_layout Subsection
40777 \begin_layout Standard
40778 Change Tracking is described in section
40779 \begin_inset space ~
40783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40785 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40792 \begin_layout Subsection
40797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40807 \begin_layout Standard
40808 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40810 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40813 \begin_layout Standard
40814 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40819 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40822 \begin_layout Subsection
40826 \begin_layout Standard
40827 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40828 \begin_inset space ~
40832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40834 reference "sec:Navigating"
40839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40841 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40848 \begin_layout Subsection
40849 Start Appendix Here
40852 \begin_layout Standard
40853 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40854 position as described in section
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40861 reference "sec:Appendices"
40868 \begin_layout Subsection
40872 \begin_layout Standard
40873 Un/compresses the current document.
40876 \begin_layout Subsection
40880 \begin_layout Standard
40881 The document settings are described in appendix
40882 \begin_inset space ~
40886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40888 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40895 \begin_layout Section
40897 \begin_inset Index idx
40900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40909 \begin_layout Subsection
40913 \begin_layout Standard
40914 Spell checking is explained in section
40915 \begin_inset space ~
40919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40921 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40928 \begin_layout Subsection
40932 \begin_layout Standard
40933 The thesaurus is described in section
40934 \begin_inset space ~
40938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40940 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40947 \begin_layout Subsection
40949 \begin_inset Index idx
40952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 \begin_inset Index idx
40962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40971 \begin_layout Standard
40972 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40976 \begin_layout Subsection
40978 \begin_inset Index idx
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 \begin_layout Standard
40991 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
40995 \begin_layout Subsection
40997 \begin_inset Index idx
41000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41012 Reconfiguration of LyX
41016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 \begin_inset Index idx
41032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41033 Reconfiguration of LyX
41041 \begin_layout Standard
41042 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41043 and programs it needs; see also section
41044 \begin_inset space ~
41048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41050 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41057 \begin_layout Subsection
41061 \begin_layout Standard
41062 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41063 \begin_inset space ~
41067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41069 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41076 \begin_layout Section
41078 \begin_inset Index idx
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41090 \begin_layout Standard
41091 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41093 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41097 \begin_layout Standard
41101 \begin_inset space ~
41106 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41107 found by LyX (see also section
41108 \begin_inset space ~
41112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41114 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41121 \begin_layout Section
41123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41125 name "sec:Toolbars"
41132 \begin_layout Standard
41133 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41134 \begin_inset space ~
41138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41140 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41147 \begin_layout Standard
41148 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41149 This is described in the
41151 Additional Features
41156 \begin_layout Subsection
41158 \begin_inset Index idx
41161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41170 \begin_layout Standard
41171 \begin_inset Graphics
41172 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41180 \begin_layout Standard
41181 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41187 \begin_layout Standard
41188 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41205 \begin_inset Note Note
41208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41209 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41214 manual for more information.
41222 \begin_layout Standard
41223 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41229 \begin_layout Standard
41230 \begin_inset Tabular
41231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41232 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41240 \begin_inset Graphics
41241 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41255 pull-down box for the environments
41268 \begin_layout Standard
41269 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41275 \begin_layout Standard
41277 \begin_inset Tabular
41278 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41279 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41280 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41281 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41305 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41335 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41365 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 arg "dialog-show print"
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41411 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41425 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41515 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41545 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41575 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41591 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41629 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41643 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41644 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41672 Emphasize text, function of the
41674 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41676 \begin_inset space ~
41687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41708 Set text to noun style, function of the
41710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41712 \begin_inset space ~
41723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41732 arg "textstyle-apply"
41740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 Formats text using the current settings in the
41746 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41748 \begin_inset space ~
41759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41783 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41785 \begin_inset space ~
41794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41803 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 arg "tabular-insert"
41839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41852 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41861 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41873 Toggle outline window on/off,
41875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41903 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41918 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41930 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41943 \begin_layout Subsection
41945 \begin_inset Index idx
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 \begin_layout Standard
41958 \begin_inset Graphics
41959 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41967 \begin_layout Standard
41968 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41974 \begin_layout Standard
41975 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41979 \begin_layout Standard
41980 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41986 \begin_layout Standard
41987 \begin_inset Tabular
41988 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41989 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41990 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41991 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42028 arg "layout Enumerate"
42036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 arg "layout Itemize"
42063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42100 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42109 arg "layout Description"
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42127 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42136 arg "depth-increment"
42144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42150 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42156 \begin_inset space ~
42165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42174 arg "depth-decrement"
42182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42190 \begin_inset space ~
42194 \begin_inset space ~
42203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 arg "float-insert figure"
42220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42227 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42234 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42243 arg "float-insert table"
42251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42258 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42265 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42295 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42304 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42398 arg "nomencl-insert"
42406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42414 \begin_inset space ~
42423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42432 arg "footnote-insert"
42440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42462 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42478 \begin_inset space ~
42487 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42511 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42513 \begin_inset space ~
42522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42531 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42622 \begin_inset space ~
42631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42640 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42655 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42671 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42686 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42688 \begin_inset space ~
42697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42706 arg "dialog-show character"
42714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42720 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42722 \begin_inset space ~
42731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42740 arg "layout-paragraph"
42748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42754 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42756 \begin_inset space ~
42765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42774 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42788 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42802 \begin_layout Subsection
42803 View / Update Toolbar
42804 \begin_inset Index idx
42807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42808 Toolbar ! View / Update
42816 \begin_layout Standard
42817 \begin_inset Graphics
42818 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42825 \begin_layout Standard
42826 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42832 \begin_layout Standard
42833 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42837 \begin_layout Standard
42838 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42844 \begin_layout Standard
42845 \begin_inset Tabular
42846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42847 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42848 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42849 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42889 arg "buffer-update"
42897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42903 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 arg "master-buffer-view"
42927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42940 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42949 arg "master-buffer-update"
42957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42963 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42965 \begin_inset space ~
42974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42983 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42998 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42999 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43000 Synchronize with Output
43006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 \begin_inset Graphics
43012 filename ../images/view-others.png
43014 groupId toolbarbuttons
43025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43031 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43032 View (Other Formats)
43038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43043 \begin_inset Graphics
43044 filename ../images/update-others.png
43046 groupId toolbarbuttons
43055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43062 Update (Other Formats)
43075 \begin_layout Standard
43076 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43080 \begin_layout Subsection
43084 \begin_layout Standard
43085 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43086 \begin_inset space ~
43090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43092 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43096 , the table toolbar
43097 \begin_inset Index idx
43100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 \begin_inset space ~
43114 manual, the math macro toolbar
43115 \begin_inset Index idx
43118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43131 \begin_layout Chapter
43132 The Document Settings
43133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43135 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43140 \begin_inset Index idx
43143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 Document ! Settings
43152 \begin_layout Standard
43153 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43154 whole document and is called with the menu
43156 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43160 You can save your document settings as default with the
43162 Save as Document Defaults
43164 button in the dialog.
43165 This will create a template named
43169 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43173 \begin_layout Standard
43178 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43179 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43182 \begin_layout Standard
43183 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43186 \begin_layout Section
43190 \begin_layout Standard
43191 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43193 Document classes are described in section
43194 \begin_inset space ~
43198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43200 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43212 \begin_inset space ~
43217 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43221 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43222 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43224 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43233 \begin_layout Standard
43234 Some classes use special class options by default.
43235 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43239 and you can decide to use them or not.
43240 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43241 recommended to leave them untouched.
43246 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43251 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43252 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43258 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43259 \begin_inset Newline newline
43264 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43267 \begin_inset Newline newline
43270 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43278 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43290 \begin_layout Standard
43291 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43293 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43294 document is opened without its master.
43295 This way child documents are always compilable.
43296 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43303 \begin_inset space ~
43311 \begin_layout Standard
43312 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43322 \begin_inset Index idx
43325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43326 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43332 \begin_inset Index idx
43335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43336 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43341 for cross-references, see sec.
43342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43348 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43355 \begin_layout Section
43359 \begin_layout Standard
43360 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43361 Please refer to the section
43364 \begin_inset space ~
43372 \begin_inset space ~
43377 manual for details.
43380 \begin_layout Section
43384 \begin_layout Standard
43385 Modules are explained in section
43386 \begin_inset space ~
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43392 reference "sub:Modules"
43399 \begin_layout Section
43403 \begin_layout Standard
43405 \begin_inset space ~
43409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43411 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43418 \begin_layout Section
43422 \begin_layout Standard
43423 The document font settings are described in section
43424 \begin_inset space ~
43428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43430 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43437 \begin_layout Section
43441 \begin_layout Standard
43442 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43444 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43446 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325640630
43447 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43448 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43453 \begin_layout Standard
43454 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43455 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43457 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43460 \begin_layout Section
43464 \begin_layout Standard
43465 A description of this menu is given in section
43466 \begin_inset space ~
43470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43472 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43479 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43486 \begin_layout Section
43490 \begin_layout Standard
43491 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43492 \begin_inset space ~
43496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43498 reference "sub:Margins"
43505 \begin_layout Section
43507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43509 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43514 \begin_inset Index idx
43517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43518 Language ! Encoding
43526 \begin_layout Standard
43527 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43528 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43529 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43530 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43531 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43532 known for a particular character).
43536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43542 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43547 manual for details.
43555 \begin_layout Standard
43556 If you use the option
43560 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43561 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43562 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43563 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43564 exactly one encoding.
43565 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43568 \begin_layout Standard
43569 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43570 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43571 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43572 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43573 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43574 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43579 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43580 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43581 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43582 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43583 engines to standard LaTeX.
43584 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43585 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43588 \begin_inset space ~
43595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43607 \begin_inset space ~
43614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43626 \begin_inset space ~
43632 \begin_inset space ~
43636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43638 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43643 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43647 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43650 \begin_layout Standard
43654 \begin_inset space ~
43659 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43669 The possible settings are:
43672 \begin_layout Description
43673 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43675 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43676 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43680 \begin_inset space ~
43684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43686 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43693 \begin_layout Description
43694 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43695 format you will use.
43696 In many cases this will be
43701 \begin_inset Index idx
43704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43705 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43711 If the newer package
43716 \begin_inset Index idx
43719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43720 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43725 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43726 this package will be used instead of
43733 \begin_layout Description
43735 \begin_inset space ~
43746 would be more appropriate.
43749 \begin_layout Description
43750 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43751 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43755 (for German texts), type in
43758 \begin_inset Newline newline
43763 usepackage{ngerman}
43766 \begin_layout Description
43767 None will not use a language package.
43768 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43771 \begin_layout Standard
43772 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43775 \begin_layout Description
43777 \begin_inset space ~
43781 \begin_inset space ~
43785 \begin_inset space ~
43792 , but the LaTeX-package
43797 \begin_inset Index idx
43800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43807 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43808 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43809 languages in TeX code.
43812 \begin_layout Description
43813 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43814 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43815 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43818 \begin_layout Description
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43824 \begin_inset space ~
43827 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43830 \begin_layout Description
43832 \begin_inset space ~
43836 \begin_inset space ~
43839 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43842 \begin_layout Description
43844 \begin_inset space ~
43847 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43850 \begin_layout Description
43852 \begin_inset space ~
43856 \begin_inset space ~
43859 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43860 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43863 \begin_layout Description
43865 \begin_inset space ~
43869 \begin_inset space ~
43872 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43876 \begin_layout Description
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43885 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43886 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43889 \begin_layout Description
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43895 \begin_inset space ~
43899 \begin_inset space ~
43902 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43903 \begin_inset space ~
43909 \begin_layout Description
43911 \begin_inset space ~
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43919 \begin_inset space ~
43922 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43923 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43926 \begin_layout Description
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43935 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43936 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43937 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43938 \begin_inset space ~
43942 \begin_inset space ~
43948 \begin_layout Description
43950 \begin_inset space ~
43954 \begin_inset space ~
43957 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43958 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43959 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43960 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43965 \begin_inset space ~
43971 \begin_layout Description
43973 \begin_inset space ~
43977 \begin_inset space ~
43980 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43983 \begin_layout Description
43985 \begin_inset space ~
43989 \begin_inset space ~
43992 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43995 \begin_layout Description
43997 \begin_inset space ~
44001 \begin_inset space ~
44004 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44007 \begin_layout Description
44009 \begin_inset space ~
44012 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44015 \begin_layout Description
44017 \begin_inset space ~
44020 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44023 \begin_layout Description
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44032 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44035 \begin_layout Description
44037 \begin_inset space ~
44041 \begin_inset space ~
44047 \begin_layout Description
44049 \begin_inset space ~
44053 \begin_inset space ~
44056 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44059 \begin_layout Description
44061 \begin_inset space ~
44065 \begin_inset space ~
44071 \begin_layout Description
44073 \begin_inset space ~
44077 \begin_inset space ~
44080 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44085 \begin_inset Index idx
44088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44089 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44094 , when using this, set the document language to
44099 \begin_layout Description
44101 \begin_inset space ~
44105 \begin_inset space ~
44108 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44112 , when using this, set the document language to
44115 \begin_inset space ~
44121 \begin_layout Description
44123 \begin_inset space ~
44127 \begin_inset space ~
44130 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44135 \begin_inset Index idx
44138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44139 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44144 , when using this, set the document language to
44149 \begin_layout Description
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44155 \begin_inset space ~
44158 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44162 , when using this, set the document language to
44167 \begin_layout Description
44169 \begin_inset space ~
44173 \begin_inset space ~
44176 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44180 , when using this, set the document language to
44185 \begin_layout Description
44187 \begin_inset space ~
44190 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44193 \begin_layout Description
44195 \begin_inset space ~
44199 \begin_inset space ~
44203 \begin_inset space ~
44206 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44209 \begin_layout Description
44211 \begin_inset space ~
44215 \begin_inset space ~
44219 \begin_inset space ~
44222 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44223 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44224 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44227 \begin_layout Description
44229 \begin_inset space ~
44233 \begin_inset space ~
44239 \begin_layout Description
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44248 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44249 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44252 \begin_layout Description
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44261 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44266 \begin_inset Index idx
44269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44270 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44275 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44278 \begin_layout Description
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44284 \begin_inset space ~
44287 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44295 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44300 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44302 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44305 \begin_layout Description
44307 \begin_inset space ~
44311 \begin_inset space ~
44314 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44319 \begin_inset Index idx
44322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44323 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44328 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44331 \begin_layout Description
44333 \begin_inset space ~
44336 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44341 \begin_inset Index idx
44344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44345 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44351 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44355 \begin_layout Description
44357 \begin_inset space ~
44361 \begin_inset space ~
44365 \begin_inset space ~
44368 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44369 \begin_inset space ~
44375 \begin_layout Description
44377 \begin_inset space ~
44381 \begin_inset space ~
44385 \begin_inset space ~
44388 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44389 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44390 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44394 \begin_layout Description
44396 \begin_inset space ~
44400 \begin_inset space ~
44404 \begin_inset space ~
44407 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44408 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44411 \begin_layout Standard
44412 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44421 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44425 for more information on the language package.
44428 \begin_layout Section
44430 \begin_inset Index idx
44433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 \begin_inset Index idx
44443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44452 \begin_layout Standard
44453 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44455 \begin_inset space ~
44458 out notes (default: light grey).
44463 sets the color back to the default.
44466 \begin_layout Standard
44467 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44469 \begin_inset space ~
44472 boxes (default: red).
44475 \begin_layout Standard
44476 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44480 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44482 \begin_inset space ~
44485 out note appears blue in the output.)
44493 \begin_layout Standard
44494 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44497 \begin_inset space ~
44502 in the document settings under
44505 \begin_inset space ~
44510 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44513 \begin_inset space ~
44521 \begin_inset space ~
44527 For example the option
44530 \begin_layout Standard
44536 \begin_layout Standard
44537 sets the link text color to black.
44538 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44543 \begin_inset Index idx
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44547 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44553 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44562 \begin_layout Standard
44563 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44569 \begin_layout Standard
44570 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44571 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44572 \begin_inset space ~
44575 Code behind a forced page break:
44578 \begin_layout Itemize
44579 For the page color:
44580 \begin_inset Newline newline
44587 pagecolor{color name}
44590 \begin_layout Itemize
44591 For the text color:
44592 \begin_inset Newline newline
44602 \begin_layout Standard
44603 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44636 \begin_inset Newline newline
44639 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44643 \begin_layout Itemize
44644 For the page background color:
44645 \begin_inset Newline newline
44650 page_backgroundcolor
44653 \begin_layout Itemize
44654 For the main text color:
44655 \begin_inset Newline newline
44663 \begin_layout Itemize
44665 \begin_inset space ~
44668 box background color:
44669 \begin_inset Newline newline
44677 \begin_layout Itemize
44679 \begin_inset space ~
44682 out note text color:
44683 \begin_inset Newline newline
44691 \begin_layout Standard
44692 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44695 \begin_inset space ~
44703 \begin_inset space ~
44711 \begin_layout Section
44715 \begin_layout Standard
44716 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44717 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44718 \begin_inset space ~
44722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44724 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44731 \begin_layout Section
44735 \begin_layout Standard
44736 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44741 \begin_inset Index idx
44744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44745 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44755 \begin_inset Index idx
44758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44759 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44765 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44770 \begin_inset Index idx
44773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44774 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44779 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44781 For a further description see section
44782 \begin_inset space ~
44786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44788 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44795 \begin_layout Section
44799 \begin_layout Standard
44800 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44801 and you can define additional indexes.
44802 Please refer to section
44803 \begin_inset space ~
44807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44809 reference "sec:Index"
44816 \begin_layout Section
44820 \begin_layout Standard
44821 The PDF properties are explained in section
44822 \begin_inset space ~
44826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44828 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44835 \begin_layout Section
44839 \begin_layout Standard
44840 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44845 \begin_inset Index idx
44848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44849 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44859 \begin_inset Index idx
44862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44863 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44873 \begin_inset Index idx
44876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44877 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44887 \begin_inset Index idx
44890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44891 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44896 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44899 \begin_layout Description
44900 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44901 ensure that you have enabled
44904 \begin_inset space ~
44912 \begin_layout Description
44913 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44916 \begin_inset space ~
44928 \begin_layout Description
44929 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44940 \begin_layout Description
44941 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44943 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44952 \begin_layout Section
44956 \begin_layout Standard
44957 The float placement options are described in section
44960 \begin_inset space ~
44968 \begin_inset space ~
44976 \begin_layout Section
44980 \begin_layout Standard
44981 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44983 Program Code Listings
44988 \begin_inset space ~
44996 \begin_layout Section
45000 \begin_layout Standard
45001 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45002 The itemize environment is described in section
45003 \begin_inset space ~
45007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45009 reference "sec:Itemize"
45016 \begin_layout Section
45020 \begin_layout Standard
45021 Branches are described in section
45022 \begin_inset space ~
45026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45028 reference "sec:Branches"
45035 \begin_layout Section
45037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45039 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45046 \begin_layout Standard
45047 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45050 \begin_layout Description
45052 \begin_inset space ~
45056 \begin_inset space ~
45059 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45079 View Master Document
45080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45087 Update Master Document
45088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45095 menu or the toolbar.
45096 The default is set in
45098 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45099 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45109 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45116 \begin_layout Description
45118 \begin_inset space ~
45122 \begin_inset space ~
45125 Output settings for the menu
45127 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45129 \begin_inset space ~
45135 For a detailed description see section
45137 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45142 \begin_inset space ~
45150 \begin_layout Description
45152 \begin_inset space ~
45156 \begin_inset space ~
45159 Options settings for the export format
45167 \begin_inset space ~
45172 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45173 \begin_inset space ~
45176 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45180 \begin_inset space ~
45185 settings are described in detail in section
45187 Math Output in XHTML
45192 \begin_inset space ~
45198 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45201 \begin_layout Section
45206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45216 \begin_layout Standard
45217 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45218 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45219 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45220 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45224 \begin_layout Standard
45225 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45226 \begin_inset space ~
45230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45232 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45239 \begin_layout Chapter
45245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45247 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45252 \begin_inset Index idx
45255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45264 \begin_layout Standard
45265 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45267 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45271 It has the following submenus.
45274 \begin_layout Section
45278 \begin_layout Subsection
45282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45283 User Interface File
45284 \begin_inset Index idx
45287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45288 Customization ! of toolbars
45294 \begin_inset Index idx
45297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45298 Customization ! of menus
45306 \begin_layout Standard
45307 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45308 interface (ui) file.
45309 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45310 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45319 Both files are loaded by the
45324 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45325 files and edit the entries.
45328 \begin_layout Standard
45329 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45341 entries must be finished with an explicit
45366 and in the case of the
45367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45379 The syntax for the entries is:
45382 \begin_layout Standard
45383 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45411 \begin_layout Standard
45413 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45416 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45418 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45420 \begin_inset space ~
45428 \begin_layout Standard
45429 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45435 \begin_layout Standard
45436 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45438 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45441 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45445 \begin_layout Standard
45446 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45470 \begin_layout Standard
45472 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45483 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45490 \begin_layout Standard
45491 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45492 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45493 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45496 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45507 \begin_layout Standard
45510 Enable tool tips in main work area
45512 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45520 \begin_layout Standard
45523 Restore window layouts and geometries
45525 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45526 in the last LyX session.
45529 \begin_layout Standard
45532 Restore cursor positions
45534 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45538 \begin_layout Standard
45541 Load opened files from last session
45543 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45546 \begin_layout Standard
45549 Clear all session information
45551 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45552 of last opened documents, etc.).
45555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45559 name "sub:Backup documents"
45564 \begin_inset Index idx
45567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45576 \begin_layout Standard
45579 Backup original documents when saving
45581 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45582 it was saved the last time.
45583 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45586 \begin_inset space ~
45592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45594 reference "sec:Paths"
45599 The backup file has the file extension
45600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45614 \begin_layout Standard
45617 Backup documents, every
45619 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45622 \begin_layout Standard
45625 Save documents compressed by default
45627 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45630 \begin_layout Standard
45635 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45638 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45640 \begin_inset space ~
45648 \begin_layout Standard
45651 Open documents in tabs
45653 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45657 \begin_layout Standard
45662 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45674 reference "sec:Paths"
45678 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45684 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45686 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45689 \begin_layout Standard
45692 Single close-tab button
45694 there will only be one button (
45697 \begin_inset Graphics
45698 filename ../images/closetab.png
45705 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45706 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45709 \begin_layout Standard
45710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45718 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45726 \begin_layout Subsection
45728 \begin_inset Index idx
45731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45740 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45747 \begin_layout Standard
45748 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45751 \begin_layout Standard
45752 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45760 This section only deals with the fonts
45765 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45769 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45780 \begin_layout Standard
45781 By default, LyX uses
45785 as roman (serif) font,
45793 (depends on the system) as
45796 \begin_inset space ~
45812 \begin_layout Standard
45813 You can change the font size with the
45820 \begin_layout Standard
45825 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45830 points have the size of 1
45831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45835 \begin_inset space ~
45839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45841 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45846 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45851 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45852 \begin_inset space ~
45856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45858 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45865 \begin_layout Standard
45868 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45870 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45871 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45872 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45873 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45875 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45876 \begin_inset space ~
45882 \begin_layout Subsection
45884 \begin_inset Index idx
45887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45894 \begin_inset Index idx
45897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45906 \begin_layout Standard
45907 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45908 Choose an item in the list and use the
45915 \begin_layout Standard
45916 By using the option
45920 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45923 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45924 \begin_inset space ~
45928 \begin_inset space ~
45933 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45936 \begin_layout Subsection
45938 \begin_inset Index idx
45941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45950 \begin_layout Standard
45951 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45954 \begin_layout Standard
45959 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45960 This feature is described in section
45961 \begin_inset space ~
45965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45967 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45974 \begin_layout Standard
45978 \begin_inset space ~
45982 \begin_inset space ~
45986 \begin_inset space ~
45991 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45994 \begin_layout Section
45996 \begin_inset Index idx
45999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46008 \begin_layout Subsection
46012 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46016 \begin_layout Standard
46019 Cursor follows scrollbar
46021 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46025 \begin_layout Standard
46026 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46027 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46028 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46031 \begin_layout Standard
46034 Scroll below end of document
46036 is self-explanatory.
46039 \begin_layout Standard
46040 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46047 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46049 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46050 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46053 \begin_layout Standard
46056 Sort environments alphabetically
46058 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46061 \begin_layout Standard
46064 Group environments by their category
46066 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46069 \begin_layout Standard
46070 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46086 \begin_layout Standard
46087 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46092 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46093 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46097 \begin_layout Subsection
46099 \begin_inset Index idx
46102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46109 \begin_inset Index idx
46112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46113 Settings ! Shortcuts
46121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46125 \begin_layout Standard
46126 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46127 Several binding files are available:
46130 \begin_layout Description
46131 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46134 \begin_layout Description
46135 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46146 \begin_layout Description
46147 mac.bind set of bindings for
46150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46158 \begin_layout Standard
46159 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46163 , and bind files for special languages.
46164 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46169 \begin_inset space \space{}
46173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46181 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46185 \begin_layout Standard
46186 Some bind-files, like
46190 , have only a small scope.
46191 When looking at the end of the file
46195 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46202 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46207 \begin_inset Index idx
46210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46211 Key Bindings ! Editing
46219 \begin_layout Standard
46220 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46221 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46222 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46225 Show key-bindings containing
46228 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46229 Insert there for example as keyword
46230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46237 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46247 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46248 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46252 that you will find in the
46259 \begin_layout Standard
46261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46265 \begin_inset space \space{}
46276 , select the function and press the
46281 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46282 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46283 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46284 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46285 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46287 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46289 The binding for the function
46293 is an example of this.
46296 \begin_layout Standard
46297 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46299 The syntax of the entries is:
46302 \begin_layout Standard
46308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46326 \begin_layout Subsection
46328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46330 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46335 \begin_inset Index idx
46338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46345 \begin_inset Index idx
46348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46349 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46357 \begin_layout Standard
46358 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46359 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46365 \begin_inset space \space{}
46368 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46369 can use the keyboard map file named
46376 \begin_layout Standard
46377 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46385 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46393 \begin_layout Standard
46394 You can furthermore specify here the
46396 Wheel scrolling speed
46399 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46403 \begin_layout Standard
46408 you can select a key for zooming.
46409 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46412 \begin_layout Subsection
46416 \begin_layout Standard
46417 Input completion is described in sec.
46418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46424 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46431 \begin_layout Section
46433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46440 \begin_inset Index idx
46443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46450 \begin_inset Index idx
46453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46462 \begin_layout Description
46464 \begin_inset space ~
46467 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46468 It is the default when you
46479 \begin_inset space ~
46487 \begin_layout Description
46489 \begin_inset space ~
46492 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46494 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46496 \begin_inset space ~
46500 \begin_inset space ~
46508 \begin_layout Description
46510 \begin_inset space ~
46513 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46519 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46523 \begin_inset Newline newline
46527 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46539 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46547 \begin_layout Description
46549 \begin_inset space ~
46553 \begin_inset Index idx
46556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46562 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46563 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46564 \begin_inset space ~
46568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46570 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46578 will be used to save the backups.
46579 \begin_inset Newline newline
46582 Backup files have the ending
46583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46593 \begin_layout Description
46598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46606 \begin_inset space ~
46609 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46610 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46611 \begin_inset Newline newline
46618 You add a BibTeX-database
46623 You can edit this file with the program
46632 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46635 \begin_inset space ~
46641 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46646 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46647 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46653 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46654 \begin_inset Newline newline
46657 The pipe is also used for the
46662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46668 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46673 \begin_inset Newline newline
46676 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46677 \begin_inset Newline newline
46693 \begin_layout Description
46695 \begin_inset space ~
46698 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46701 \begin_layout Description
46703 \begin_inset space ~
46706 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46707 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46708 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46711 \begin_layout Description
46713 \begin_inset space ~
46716 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46722 You only need to specify it if you are using
46726 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46732 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46736 \begin_layout Description
46738 \begin_inset space ~
46741 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46742 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46743 to find it on the system.
46744 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46745 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46754 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46755 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46758 \begin_layout Description
46760 \begin_inset space ~
46763 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46764 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46766 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46768 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46769 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46770 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46771 scanned for the input files.
46772 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46773 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46774 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46775 on may fail for some documents.
46778 \begin_layout Section
46782 \begin_layout Standard
46783 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46784 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46786 \begin_inset space ~
46790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46792 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46796 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46799 \begin_layout Section
46801 \begin_inset Index idx
46804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46805 Language ! Settings
46811 \begin_inset Index idx
46814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46815 Settings ! Language
46823 \begin_layout Subsection
46825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46827 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46834 \begin_layout Description
46836 \begin_inset space ~
46840 \begin_inset space ~
46843 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46844 You find the actual translation status here:
46845 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46847 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46854 \begin_layout Description
46856 \begin_inset space ~
46859 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46861 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46862 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46879 The most widespread language package is
46884 \begin_inset Index idx
46887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46888 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46893 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46894 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46895 alternative language package
46900 \begin_inset Index idx
46903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46904 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46909 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46910 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46912 The available selections are described in sec.
46913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46919 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46926 \begin_layout Description
46928 \begin_inset space ~
46931 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46932 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46933 An example is the start command
46939 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46944 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46959 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46964 \begin_layout Description
46966 \begin_inset space ~
46974 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46975 command toggles the package on and off.
46978 \begin_layout Description
46980 \begin_inset space ~
46984 \begin_inset space ~
46987 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46991 \begin_layout Description
46993 \begin_inset space ~
46997 \begin_inset space ~
47000 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47001 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47002 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47003 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47010 \begin_layout Description
47012 \begin_inset space ~
47015 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47017 When this option is not set, the
47020 \begin_inset space ~
47025 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47026 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47029 \begin_inset space ~
47037 \begin_layout Description
47039 \begin_inset space ~
47045 \begin_inset space ~
47051 When it is not set, the
47054 \begin_inset space ~
47059 is set to the end of the document.
47062 \begin_layout Description
47064 \begin_inset space ~
47068 \begin_inset space ~
47071 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47072 language will be underlined in blue.
47075 \begin_layout Description
47077 \begin_inset space ~
47081 \begin_inset space ~
47084 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47085 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47088 \begin_layout Description
47090 \begin_inset space ~
47093 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47094 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47095 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47096 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47099 \begin_layout Subsection
47103 \begin_layout Standard
47104 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47105 \begin_inset space ~
47109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47111 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47118 \begin_layout Section
47122 \begin_layout Subsection
47126 \begin_layout Description
47128 \begin_inset space ~
47132 \begin_inset space ~
47135 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47138 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47139 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47141 \begin_inset space ~
47147 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47151 \begin_layout Description
47153 \begin_inset space ~
47157 \begin_inset Index idx
47160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47167 \begin_inset Index idx
47170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47171 Settings ! Date format
47176 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47177 \begin_inset Newline newline
47181 \begin_inset Flex URL
47184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47186 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47192 \begin_inset Newline newline
47195 For example the format
47196 \begin_inset Newline newline
47200 \begin_inset Newline newline
47203 prints the date as day/month/year.
47206 \begin_layout Description
47208 \begin_inset space ~
47212 \begin_inset space ~
47215 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47218 \begin_layout Description
47220 \begin_inset space ~
47223 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47225 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47227 \begin_inset space ~
47233 For a detailed description see section
47235 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47240 \begin_inset space ~
47248 \begin_layout Subsection
47250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47257 \begin_inset Index idx
47260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47267 \begin_inset Index idx
47270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47279 \begin_layout Description
47281 \begin_inset space ~
47284 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47285 The name will be used when the
47290 \begin_inset Newline newline
47294 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47302 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47310 \begin_layout Description
47312 \begin_inset space ~
47315 command is the command LyX
47316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47323 LaTeX uses for printing.
47331 \begin_layout Description
47333 \begin_inset space ~
47337 \begin_inset space ~
47340 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47341 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47342 of the program that provides the
47349 \begin_layout Description
47351 \begin_inset space ~
47355 \begin_inset space ~
47359 \begin_inset space ~
47362 printer This option works only for the
47367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47379 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47380 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47383 \begin_layout Subsection
47388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47398 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47403 \begin_inset Index idx
47406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47415 \begin_layout Description
47417 \begin_inset space ~
47424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47432 \begin_inset space ~
47436 \begin_inset space ~
47439 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47444 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47465 are used for Cyrillic.
47466 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47479 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47480 LyX sets up in the background.
47481 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47484 \begin_layout Description
47486 \begin_inset space ~
47490 \begin_inset space ~
47493 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47498 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47501 \begin_layout Description
47503 \begin_inset space ~
47507 \begin_inset space ~
47511 \begin_inset space ~
47515 \begin_inset space ~
47518 options They only have an effect when the program
47522 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47525 \begin_layout Standard
47526 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47527 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47528 manuals of the applications.
47531 \begin_layout Description
47533 \begin_inset space ~
47536 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47537 \begin_inset space ~
47541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47543 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47550 \begin_layout Description
47552 \begin_inset space ~
47555 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47556 \begin_inset space ~
47560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47562 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47569 \begin_layout Description
47571 \begin_inset space ~
47574 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47575 \begin_inset space ~
47579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47581 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47588 \begin_layout Description
47593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47601 \begin_inset space ~
47604 command Command for the program
47608 that is described in the section
47614 Additional Features
47619 \begin_layout Standard
47620 There are additionally the following options:
47623 \begin_layout Description
47625 \begin_inset space ~
47629 \begin_inset space ~
47633 \begin_inset space ~
47637 \begin_inset space ~
47641 \begin_inset space ~
47644 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47662 to separate folders.
47663 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47664 \begin_inset Index idx
47667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47674 \begin_inset Index idx
47677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47686 \begin_layout Description
47688 \begin_inset space ~
47692 \begin_inset space ~
47696 \begin_inset space ~
47700 \begin_inset space ~
47704 \begin_inset space ~
47708 \begin_inset space ~
47711 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47716 dialog when changing the document class.
47719 \begin_layout Section
47721 \begin_inset space ~
47725 \begin_inset Index idx
47728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47737 \begin_layout Subsection
47739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47741 name "sub:Converters"
47746 \begin_inset Index idx
47749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47758 \begin_layout Standard
47759 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47760 from one format to another.
47761 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47762 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47769 \begin_inset space ~
47779 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47783 \begin_inset space ~
47788 drop-down list, modify the
47792 field and press the
47799 \begin_layout Standard
47802 Converter File Cache
47804 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47807 Maximum Age (in days
47810 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47811 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47814 \begin_layout Standard
47815 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47816 definition, is described in the section
47827 \begin_layout Subsection
47829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47831 name "sec:File-Formats"
47836 \begin_inset Index idx
47839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47846 \begin_inset Index idx
47849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47858 \begin_layout Standard
47859 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47860 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47864 \begin_layout Standard
47865 Furthermore, you can define the
47867 Default output format
47869 that is used when you use
47871 View, Update, View Master Document
47875 Update Master Document
47881 menu or the toolbar.
47884 \begin_layout Standard
47885 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47896 \begin_layout Standard
47897 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47898 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47899 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47900 This is done by specifying a
47905 More about this is described in the section
47916 \begin_layout Chapter
47917 Units available in LyX
47918 \begin_inset Index idx
47921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47930 name "chap:Units-available-in"
47937 \begin_layout Standard
47938 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47941 reference "tab:Units"
47945 explains all units available in LyX.
47948 \begin_layout Standard
47949 \begin_inset Float table
47955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47956 \begin_inset Caption
47958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47974 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47982 \begin_inset Tabular
47983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47984 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48137 scaled point (65536
48138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48198 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48253 % of original image width
48260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48467 \begin_layout Chapter
48469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48471 name "chap:Credits"
48478 \begin_layout Standard
48479 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48480 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48483 \begin_layout Itemize
48486 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48489 \begin_layout Itemize
48495 \begin_layout Itemize
48501 \begin_layout Itemize
48507 \begin_layout Itemize
48513 \begin_layout Itemize
48519 \begin_layout Itemize
48525 \begin_layout Itemize
48531 \begin_layout Itemize
48534 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48537 \begin_layout Itemize
48543 \begin_layout Itemize
48549 \begin_layout Itemize
48555 \begin_layout Itemize
48561 \begin_layout Itemize
48567 \begin_layout Itemize
48573 \begin_layout Itemize
48579 \begin_layout Itemize
48585 \begin_layout Itemize
48587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48596 \begin_layout Standard
48597 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48600 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48607 \begin_layout Bibliography
48608 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48609 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48610 LatexCommand bibitem
48617 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48620 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48625 \begin_inset Newline newline
48629 \begin_inset Flex URL
48632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48634 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48642 \begin_layout Bibliography
48643 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48644 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48645 LatexCommand bibitem
48646 key "latexcompanion"
48650 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48652 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48655 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48658 \begin_layout Bibliography
48659 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48661 LatexCommand bibitem
48666 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48669 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48672 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48675 \begin_layout Bibliography
48676 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48677 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48678 LatexCommand bibitem
48685 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48688 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48691 \begin_layout Bibliography
48692 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48694 LatexCommand bibitem
48706 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48709 \begin_layout Bibliography
48710 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48711 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48712 LatexCommand bibitem
48718 \begin_inset Newline newline
48722 \begin_inset Flex URL
48725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48727 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48735 \begin_layout Bibliography
48736 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48737 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48738 LatexCommand bibitem
48744 \begin_inset Newline newline
48748 \begin_inset Flex URL
48751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48753 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48761 \begin_layout Bibliography
48762 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48763 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48764 LatexCommand bibitem
48770 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48772 name "Documentation"
48773 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48782 \begin_inset Newline newline
48786 \begin_inset Flex URL
48789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48791 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48799 \begin_layout Bibliography
48800 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48802 LatexCommand bibitem
48808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48810 name "Documentation"
48811 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48815 how to use the program
48820 \begin_inset Newline newline
48824 \begin_inset Flex URL
48827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48829 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48837 \begin_layout Bibliography
48838 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48839 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48840 LatexCommand bibitem
48846 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48848 name "Documentation"
48849 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48858 \begin_inset Newline newline
48862 \begin_inset Flex URL
48865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48867 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48875 \begin_layout Bibliography
48876 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48877 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48878 LatexCommand bibitem
48884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48886 name "Documentation"
48887 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48896 \begin_inset Newline newline
48900 \begin_inset Flex URL
48903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48905 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48913 \begin_layout Bibliography
48914 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48915 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48916 LatexCommand bibitem
48922 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48924 name "Documentation"
48925 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48929 of the LaTeX-package
48934 \begin_inset Index idx
48937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48938 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48944 \begin_inset Newline newline
48948 \begin_inset Flex URL
48951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48953 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48961 \begin_layout Bibliography
48962 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48963 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48964 LatexCommand bibitem
48970 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48972 name "Documentation"
48973 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48977 of the LaTeX-package
48982 \begin_inset Index idx
48985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48986 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48992 \begin_inset Newline newline
48996 \begin_inset Flex URL
48999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49001 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49009 \begin_layout Bibliography
49010 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49012 LatexCommand bibitem
49018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49020 name "Documentation"
49021 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49025 of the LaTeX-package
49030 \begin_inset Index idx
49033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49034 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49040 \begin_inset Newline newline
49044 \begin_inset Flex URL
49047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49049 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49057 \begin_layout Bibliography
49058 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49059 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49060 LatexCommand bibitem
49068 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49070 name "Documentation"
49071 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49077 of the LaTeX-package
49082 \begin_inset Index idx
49085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49086 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49092 \begin_inset Newline newline
49096 \begin_inset Flex URL
49099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49101 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49109 \begin_layout Bibliography
49110 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49111 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49112 LatexCommand bibitem
49118 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49120 name "Documentation"
49121 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49125 of the LaTeX-package
49130 \begin_inset Index idx
49133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49134 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49140 \begin_inset Newline newline
49144 \begin_inset Flex URL
49147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49149 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49157 \begin_layout Bibliography
49158 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49159 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49160 LatexCommand bibitem
49166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49168 name "Documentation"
49169 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49173 of the LaTeX-package
49178 \begin_inset Index idx
49181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49182 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49188 \begin_inset Newline newline
49192 \begin_inset Flex URL
49195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49197 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49205 \begin_layout Bibliography
49206 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49207 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49208 LatexCommand bibitem
49214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49216 name "Documentation"
49217 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49221 of the LaTeX-package
49226 \begin_inset Index idx
49229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49230 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49236 \begin_inset Newline newline
49240 \begin_inset Flex URL
49243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49245 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49253 \begin_layout Bibliography
49254 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49256 LatexCommand bibitem
49262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49264 name "Documentation"
49265 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49269 of the LaTeX-package
49274 \begin_inset Index idx
49277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49278 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49284 \begin_inset Newline newline
49288 \begin_inset Flex URL
49291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49293 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49301 \begin_layout Bibliography
49302 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49303 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49304 LatexCommand bibitem
49310 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49313 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49317 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49318 \begin_inset Newline newline
49322 \begin_inset Flex URL
49325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49327 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49335 \begin_layout Bibliography
49336 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49337 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49338 LatexCommand bibitem
49344 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49347 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49351 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49352 \begin_inset Newline newline
49356 \begin_inset Flex URL
49359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49361 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49369 \begin_layout Bibliography
49370 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49371 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49372 LatexCommand bibitem
49378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49381 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49385 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49386 \begin_inset Newline newline
49390 \begin_inset Flex URL
49393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49395 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49403 \begin_layout Bibliography
49404 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49405 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49406 LatexCommand bibitem
49412 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49415 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49419 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49420 \begin_inset Newline newline
49424 \begin_inset Flex URL
49427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49429 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49437 \begin_layout Bibliography
49438 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49439 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49440 LatexCommand bibitem
49446 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49449 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49453 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49454 \begin_inset Newline newline
49458 \begin_inset Flex URL
49461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49463 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49471 \begin_layout Bibliography
49472 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49473 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49474 LatexCommand bibitem
49480 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49483 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49487 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49488 \begin_inset Newline newline
49492 \begin_inset Flex URL
49495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49497 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49505 \begin_layout Bibliography
49506 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49507 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49508 LatexCommand bibitem
49514 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49517 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49521 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49522 \begin_inset Newline newline
49526 \begin_inset Flex URL
49529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49531 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49539 \begin_layout Bibliography
49540 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49541 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49542 LatexCommand bibitem
49548 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49551 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49555 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49556 \begin_inset Newline newline
49560 \begin_inset Flex URL
49563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49565 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49573 \begin_layout Bibliography
49574 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49575 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49576 LatexCommand bibitem
49582 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49585 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49589 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49590 \begin_inset Newline newline
49594 \begin_inset Flex URL
49597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49599 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49607 \begin_layout Bibliography
49608 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49609 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49610 LatexCommand bibitem
49616 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49619 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49623 about new features in
49628 \begin_inset Newline newline
49632 \begin_inset Flex URL
49635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49637 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49645 \begin_layout Standard
49646 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49680 \begin_inset Note Note
49683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49690 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49691 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49692 bibliography is the second one:
49700 \begin_layout Standard
49701 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49702 LatexCommand bibtex
49703 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49704 options "biblio/alphadin"
49711 \begin_layout Standard
49712 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49715 \begin_layout Standard
49716 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49717 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49723 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49724 LatexCommand printindex